Ifm Automotive Industry Catalogue 2013 2014

www.ifm.
com/gb/automotive
Automation Products
for the Automotive Industry
Catalogue 2013/2014
Reliable solutions
for your applications
The automotive industry is one of the worlds most innovative industries.

It has always been an important driving force of the economy. With a view to
ensuring quality, reliability and economic efficiency, the manufacture of vehicles
and automotive components such as engines and gearboxes is only possible in
automated manufacturing facilities.
A central objective of ifm electronic gmbh is to increase the reliability and
operational availability of manufacturing equipment. In addition to the proven
sensor technology, new areas of application such as condition-based maintenance
or monitoring of consumables in plants are constantly opened up.
In the future, too, ifm will remain a reliable and innovative partner for the automotive industry.
ifm electronic close to you!
ifm the company
4-
General information
6-
Standards and approvals
8 - 11
Pressing plant
12 - 29
Body-in-white
30 - 47
Painting
48 - 65
Powertrain
66 - 83
Assembly
84 - 101
List of articles
102 - 114
ifm products
116 - 347
ifm worldwide addresses
348 - 351
ifm the company
The company in your vicinity.
State-of-the-art communication.
With the right address www.ifm.com only a mouse click separates you from the
world of automation technology. See the power of our products in interactive
representations. Gain an impression with 3-dimensional views of our units. Download CAD drawings for direct integration in your applications. Or order online in
ifm's e-shop - fast, convenient and reliable.
We are there for you.
Close contact with our customers is part of our success. Therefore we have
consistently developed our sales network right from the start. Today ifm electronic is
represented in more than 70 countries close to you! With application advice and
service at the heart of our operation. For the introduction of new products and
technologies we support you with workshops and seminars in our training centres or
in your plant.
Security by success.
Since its foundation in 1969 ifm electronic has constantly grown, now having more
than 4800 employees worldwide, and achieved a turnover of more than EUR 615
million in 2012. This success gives you the security of having a reliable partner for the
implementation of your automation projects. Comprehensive service and a warranty
of up to 5 years on standard units are just two examples of this reliability.
Turnover
development
since 1970.
sales development in million EUR
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
1970
1980
1990
2000
2010
2020
ifm the company
Not only components.

ifm stands for a large range of different sensors and systems for automation. Our
range of of more than 7,800 articles guarantees flexibility and compatibility. So there
is always a reliable solution for your automation projects from the individual sensor
with practical accessories to the complete system.
Availability guaranteed.
Your deadlines matter to us. That is why we are constantly optimising our production
processes in order to be able to quickly and flexibly produce large quantities at a
constantly high quality and to continue to shorten delivery times. Your order is
dispatched via our centralised logistics centre reliably and on time.
Quality as part of our philosophy.
The quality standard of our products is an integral part of our company philosophy.
And we guarantee it! So we provide you, the users, with a maximum degree of
security: By means of our own production technology, ifm film technology, as well as
by means of extensive quality assurance measures such as 100 % final testing.
By quality we understand, for example, ecologically conscious production Made in
Germany!
branch office
trade partner
The development of
innovative products is one
of our core competences.
From highquality standard solutions
to products specially
tailored to the requirements of the individual
industries from mobile
machines to the food
industry.
General information
www.ifm.com
Information around the clock and
around the globe in 23 languages on the internet.
Information
Selection
- product innovations
- company news
- exhibition info
- locations
- jobs
- interactive product selection aids

- configuration tools
- data sheet direct
Documentation
- data sheets
- operating instructions
- manuals
- approvals
- CAD data
Animation
- virtual product animations
- flash movies (video sequences)
Application
- applications
- product recommendations
- calculation aids
Communication*
Transaction*
- request for documents

- recall service
- live advice
- newsletter
- e-shop processing
- e-procurement catalogues
*Some offered information is available country-specific
Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com
General information
Convenient order processing

via the e-shop** on the internet.
Secured authentication
Individual order history
Customer-related price
indication
Convenient quick input form
Real time availability check
Simple order processing
Personal product favourites
Management of shipping
addresses
Online parcel tracking
Confirmations by e-mail
** Already available in many countries.
90
100
60
80
ifm
sensor
Temperature (C)
60
30
40
20
0
10 - 15 cm
Industry
standard
60
10
60
10
0
0 30
250
500
Acceleration (g)
Time intervals (min.)
Thermal shock test
Shock test
IP 69K high-pressure cleaning test
In pressure cleaning environments, proximity sensors are exposed to extreme

temperature conditions.
This is why ifm performs thermal shock
tests on the sensors by cycling the
temperature between 0 and 100 C
in short time intervals. After the test,
the sensors characteristics are tested
to ensure high reliability.
Sensors can be exposed to high levels

of shock in industrial environments.
This is why ifm sensors are tested at a
shock level of 500 g. This test standard
sets a new benchmark for inductive
sensor product development.
ifm inductive proximity sensors are

tested in accordance with the IP 69K
standard. The goal is to duplicate
pressure cleaning conditions on a plant
floor.
In the test fixture, the sensors are
exposed to a 80 - 100 bar spray of
water at a temperature of 80 C. The
duration of each cleaning cycle is
30 seconds. The test is performed at
specified angles using a spray nozzle
located at a distance of 10 - 15 cm
from the sensor. ifm inductive sensors
can withstand test conditions and are
still operable providing 100 % of their
sensing range.
40
Acceleration (g)
30
20
10
0
10
50
100
500
1000
3000
Oscillation frequency (Hz)

ifm sensor
Industry standard
Vibration test
Steam boiler test
A vibration test is performed on the

sensors at a level of 40 g with the
oscillation frequency spanned between
0 and 2,000 Hz. This test checks the
integrity of the electronic circuit and
the surface-mounted components.
The vibration test is designed to far
exceed manufacturing plant conditions
on industrial automation machinery.
To simulate the aging process, the

washdown sensors are placed in a
steam boiler.
For inductive sensors: the test simulates

whether penetrating water molecules
can disturb the sensor behaviour. This is
recognisable by a change in the sensing
range.
For photoelectric sensors: the test
simulates whether water can penetrate
into the sensor optics. Abrupt cooling
in ice water will cause any moisture to
fog up the lens on the inside.
Many ifm sensors are specified

by car manufacturers and their suppliers
Approvals from the automotive industry

In many cases, production equipment and project requirements specify the use of
products and technologies in the automotive industry. The devices and applications
shown in this catalogue are suggested as solutions. A great number of products
from ifm electronic are listed with the renowned manufacturers. A list of globally
valid specifications in the download area provides guidance for project engineering.
3A
3A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI) is an independent, not-for-profit corporation

dedicated to advancing hygienic equipment design for the food, beverage, and
pharmaceutical industries.
AS-i
Actuator-Sensor Interface. Bus system for the first binary field level.
ATEX
Atmosphre Explosible. ATEX comprises the directives of the European Union in the
field of explosion protection. On the one hand there is the 94/9/EC ATEX product
directive and on the other hand the 1999/92/EC ATEX operation directive.
CCC
CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certification for

certain products put on the market in China. Which products are concerned is
specified in a catalogue created by the Chinese authorities.
cCSAus
Testing of a product by CSA according to the safety standards applicable in Canada

and the USA.
CE
Conformit Europenne. By affixing the CE marking to a product, the manufacturer

declares that it meets EU safety, health and environmental requirements.
cRUus
Testing of components by UL according to the safety standards applicable in Canada and the USA. Components can be used when the condition of acceptability
is complied with for the final product.
CSA
Canadian Standards Association. A non-governmental Canadian organisation that

sets standards and tests and certifies products for their reliability. By now it is active
worldwide.
cULus
Testing of components by UL according to the safety standards applicable in Canada

and the USA.
DIBt (WHG)
Deutsches Institut fr Bautechnik (Federal Water Act). The Federal Water Act (WHG)
is the essential part of the German law relating to water. It contains provisions for
the protection and use of surface water and ground water and also regulations
about the expansion of waters, water planning and flood protection.
10
DKD
The Deutscher Kalibrierdienst (DKD) is an association of calibration laboratories of

industrial firms, research institutes, technical authorities, inspection and testing
institutes. The DKD calibration certificates prove traceability to national standards as
required in ISO 9000 and ISO / IEC 17025. They also serve as a metrological basis
for the control of measurement and test equipment within the framework of quality
management.
e1
Approval by the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt (German Federal Motor Transport Authority).

The e1 type approval by the German Federal Motor Transport Authority certifies
that the units comply with the automotive standards. Units with this marking are
allowed to be mounted on vehicles without expiry of their operating permit.
EG 1935/2004
The Regulation EC 1935/2004 has been taken into account for fluid sensors from
ifm electronic which are intended for use in contact with food. You can obtain a list
of the corresponding products and detailed information on request.
EHEDG
European Hygienic Engineering & Design Group. European supervisory authority for
food and drugs. This authority grants approvals for products and materials used in
the food and pharmaceutical industries.
FDA
Food and Drug Administration. US-American supervisory authority for food and
drugs. This authority grants approvals for products and materials used in the food
and pharmaceutical industries.
FM
Factory Mutual Research. A US-based insurance company that specializes in loss

prevention services in the property insurance market sector. They provide material
research, material testing and certifications in the field of fire and explosion protection.
PROFIBUS
Process Field Bus. Fieldbus system for important data quantities. It is available in
several versions such as Profibus FMS, DP or PA. Profibus DP can be used over
longer distances, e.g. as fieldbus for AS-i.
TV
Technischer berwachungs Verein (technical inspection association). The German

TV is a private-sector body carrying out technical safety tests that are stipulated
by government laws or instructions.
UL
Underwriters Laboratories. An organisation founded in the USA for testing and

certifying products and their safety.
11
Pressing plant
12
Pressing plant
13
Pressing plant
Machine
14
Application
Product group
From
page
Coil transfer
Level measurement
Capacitive sensors
153
Reading of codes
1D/2D code readers
309
Safety monitoring
Safety light curtains
213
Hydraulic system pressure detection
Pressure sensors
223
Photoelectric detection of strip flow
Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors
187
Photoelectric detection of unwinding coil
187
Position signal for threading wedge
Cylinder sensors
161
Pressure sensors
223
Flow monitoring
Flow sensors / flow meters
251
Position detection
187
Photoelectric detection of strip flow
187
Photoelectric detection of sag
187
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Photoelectric detection of welding seam
Vision sensors
205
Monitoring of straightening rollers
Pressure sensors
223
Pressure measurement
Pressure sensors
223
Position check of positioning carriage
Inductive sensors
119
Safety monitoring
Safety light grids
219
Monitoring of high-speed doors
Fail-safe inductive sensors
211
Position check of load carrier
211
Pressure monitoring of suction grippers
Pressure sensors
223
Function check of feed conveyor
Inductive sensors
119
Photoelectric detection of material stock
Photoelectric sensors for general applications
169
Decoiler and strip feed
Strip washing plant
Adjustment and lubrication
Blank removal
Material feed
Pressing plant
Machine
10
11
12
Application
Product group
From
page
Tool changeover
Position check of tool
Inductive sensors
119
Position check of positioning table
Inductive sensors
119
Safety monitoring
211
Blank parts check
Inductive sensors
119
Pressure sensors
223
Measurement of compressed air consumption
251
Safety monitoring
211
Temperature measurement in hydraulic power

packs
Temperature sensors
271
Circulating oil lubrication
Pressure sensors
223
Vibration monitoring
Vibration monitoring systems
311
Level monitoring in hydraulic power packs
Level sensors
261
Optical detection
169
Safety monitoring
Safety light grids
219
Part detection
Vision sensors
205
251
Optical detection
169
Speed measurement
Pulse evaluation systems
203
Temperature measurement
Temperature sensors
271
Pressure sensors
223
Optical detection
169
Location of load carriers
RFID UHF
307
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Locking mechanism acknowledgement
Cylinder sensors
161
Linking presses
Press drives
Removal of finished parts
Scrap recycling
Material transport / storage
15
Pressing plant
Modern pressing plants are impressive,

thanks to the highly automated processes used
First of all, the blanks are cut from steel coils on a coiling unit. Depending on
requirements, these base sheets are edged and may be partially pre-punched.
At several points in the process, oils and greases are used to lubricate the sheet
metal for punching and pressing operations.
Cracks in the sheet metal result if the elastic limit of the material concerned is
exceeded. This is avoided using multi-stage forming. Individual presses are linked
together. This chain of presses is known as the press line.
Important components of a pressing plant are the hydraulics, as well as the
lubrication and compressed air supply to the presses and grippers. The waste
generated by the pressing and punching operation is processed in a scrap press
for recycling in electric melting furnaces.
Pressing plants must work reliably, with very high availability of the plant components.
Here the user is supported by sensors from ifm electronic, with their high standards
of reliability and robustness.
16
Pressing plant
Coil transfer
Access restriction to coil transfer
station
For operator protection, OY series safety
light curtains restrict unauthorised
access to accessible areas such as the
coil transfer station. Depending on
the design, the safety light curtains
correspond to Type 2 or 4, in accordance
with EN 61496.
Safety light curtains for access prevention further products from page 213
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1563
30
1510
0...4 / 3...12
18.5
24
Order
no.
OY050S
Multi-code reader for identifying coils further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
int. / ext. lighting
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 53.5
132 x 94
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I102
Coil storage trolley

Level detection in the mobile
hydraulics of heavy load lifters
Here, a hydraulic drive is used instead
of electric motors.
A KQ series level sensor detects the
level in the tank.
Capacitive sensors for level detection further products from page 153
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
20 x 14 x 48
12 nf
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PBT
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
10
100
Order
no.
KQ6005
f = flush / nf = non flush
17
Pressing plant
Strip flow
Strip flow in blank cutting plant
and coil unwinder
The O1D PMD sensors monitor the
correct running of the steel strip and
coil unwinding.
Once a defined circumference has been
reached, the coil changeover starts
automatically.
PMD distance sensors with time of flight measurement further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
Photoelectric distance sensor
Sampling
rate
0.2...10 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D100
Inductive cylinder sensors further products from page 161

Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
Ub
Protection
[V]
[Hz]
10...30
6000
IP 65 / IP 67
Iload
Ta
[mA]
[C]
100
-25...85
Order
no.
MK5159
Unwinding the coil

System pressure always in view
The PG electronic contact manometer
combines an easy-to-read manometer
display with the advantages of an
electronic pressure sensor. The operator
can always see the correct pressure
from the control console.
Pressure sensors for monitoring the system pressure further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
18
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...25
100
300
18...32
Order
no.
PG2453
Pressing plant
Strip washing plant

The steel strip is washed with
high-viscosity oil
Here, an SI series flow monitor detects
the flow of the special oil.
Flow sensors further products from page 251

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Material
sensor tip
[cm/s]
3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
-25...80
300
1...2 / 1...10
18...36
SI5010
Order
no.
Compact temperature sensors further products from page 271

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
[C]
-40...150
M18 x 1.5
TN2531
Lubrication unit
Eccentricity monitoring on contact
lubricators
This inductive sensor, with a full-metal
design, is ideal for application in rough
environments.
Inductive full-metal sensors further products from page 119

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M12 / L = 60
3f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
High-grade st. steel
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
100
Order
no.
IFC258
19
Pressing plant
Loop pit
Sag control with PMD time of flight
sensors
The O1D distance sensors continually
measure the sag of the coil loop.
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...10 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D100
Straightener
Analogue pressure sensors for
controlling the straightening rollers
The strip runs through multiple
straightening rollers to eliminate the
bending stress. The control system
receives feedback for further processing
via the analogue values.
Pressure sensors further products from page 223

Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...25
100
350
18...32
Order
no.
PN2023
Photoelectric distance sensors for detecting the strip further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
20
Range
0.2...10 m
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
[V]
1...50
18...30
Ub
Order
no.
O1D100
Pressing plant
Blank removal
Access restriction
Blank removal
blank removal station. Depending on
the design, the safety light curtains
correspond to Type 2 or 4, in accordance
with EN 61496.
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1413
50
1360
0...4 / 3...12
10
24
Order
no.
OY089S

Door monitoring
Category 4 and SIL 3 fail-safe inductive
sensors directly detect the end stop of
the high-speed door without contact
and without requiring a special counter
piece.
Fail-safe inductive sensors further products from page 211

Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection
Response time in case

of a safety request /
enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM701S
[V]
PPE
24
21
Pressing plant
Load carrier
Position control of load carriers
sensors directly detect the safe position
of load carriers without contact and
without requiring a special counter
piece.

Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
66
4...20 nf
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM705S
[V]
PPE
24
Belt conveyors
Part detection on belt conveyors
R series full-metal inductive sensors
are designed for heavy-duty work in
the press shop. Here a sensor detects
whether a blank has been placed on
the conveyor belt.
Inductive sensors further products from page 119

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
Material
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
M12 / L = 60
4f
10...36
M12 / L = 40
4f
10...36
Protection
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 67
100
IFR200
IP 67
75
100
IFR203
[V]
22
Order
no.
Pressing plant
Tool exchange carrier

Inductive sensors detect
the position of changeover tooling
The rectangular design IDC inductive
sensors can be installed overflush. This
enables the position of the tool on the
positioning table to be determined for
automatic locking.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PPE
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
70
250
Order
no.
ID5058
Positioning carriage for exchangeable gripper

Inductive sensors detect the
position of the positioning carriage
The rectangular design IDC inductive
sensors can be installed overflush. In
this way, the position of the positioning
carriage can be determined for automatic locking.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PPE
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
70
250
Order
no.
ID5055
23
Pressing plant

Compressed air consumption sensor
for recording energy consumption
The SD series compressed air meter
continuously records the compressed
air consumption of the suction
grippers.
Compressed air meter for the measurement of compressed air consumption further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
[Nm3/h]
Order
no.
R1 (DN25)
1.8...225.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD8000
R2 (DN50)
5...700
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD2000
Vacuum monitoring
Vacuum sensors monitor
the suction grippers
PN7 series vacuum sensors detect the
required vacuum for operating the
suction grippers.
Vacuum sensors further products from page 223

Type
Process
connection
GI
24
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...36
Order
no.
PN7009
Pressing plant
Hydraulics
Monitoring of power packs
LK10 and TR series sensors detect the
level and the temperature in hydraulic
power packs.
LK level sensors further products from page 261

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
0...35 (LK1023 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...70
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
200
LK1023
Temperature sensors further products from page 271

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...300
GA
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
Order
no.
TR7432
Lubrication
System pressure always in view
The PG electronic contact manometer
combines an easy-to-read manometer
display with the advantages of an
electronic pressure sensor. The plant
service personnel always have the
correct pressure in view.
Pressure sensors in the circulating oil lubrication further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...25
100
300
18...32
Order
no.
PG2453
25
Pressing plant
Monitoring of drives
Condition monitoring of drives
VSA series sensors record the vibration
levels of the drives, enabling conditionoriented maintenance.
Vibration monitoring systems further products from page 311

Type
Description
Order
no.
Vibration sensor For connection to external diagnostic electronics Connector housing: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
VSA001
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors 4 sensor inputs 0...10 mA Ethernet interface Combicon connection PA
VSE100
Transferring signals and data

Controllers and gateways
The controller controls the
communication in AS-i networks.
Gateways provide a connection from
the AS-i to the higher-level bus system.
Controllers, gateways further products from page 287

Type
26
Number
of
AS-i masters
Description
Order
no.
AS-i Ethernet / IP Controller E Full master functions Graphic display

Housing materials: aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
AC1337
AS-i controller E AS-i controller freely programmable Profibus DP interface Ethernet programming
interface Full master functions Graphic display Housing materials: aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
AC1356
Pressing plant
Part detection on conveyor belts

Part detection with through-beam
sensors
The O5E / O5S type photoelectric
sensors reliably detect the sheet metal
parts placed on the conveyor.
Infrared / red light sensors for part recognition further products from page 169
Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Receiver
25 m
Red
H/D PNP
O5E500
Transmitter
25 m
Red
625
O5S500
De-stacking sheet metal parts in racks

Access restriction
De-stacking sheet metal parts
sheet metal parts de-stacking station.
Depending on the design, the safety
light curtains correspond to Type 2 or 4,
in accordance with EN 61496.
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1563
30
1510
0...4 / 3...12
18.5
24
Order
no.
OY050S
27
Pressing plant
Scrap press
Loose parts become bales of scrap
The blank offcuts are compressed into
bales of scrap in a high-pressure press.
PN7 series pressure sensors up to 600 bar further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...600
800
1200
18...36
Order
no.
PN7060
Scrap conveyor - strip flow monitoring

Removal of scrap bales
The compact DIA speed monitor
detects the pulses of the conveyor
driveshaft.
Compact speed monitors for checking the conveyor further products from page 203
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M30 / L = 82
10 f
Electrical
design
DC PNP
Ub
Setting
range
Start-up
delay
[V]
[puls. / min.]
[s]
10...36 DC
5...300
15
28
Order
no.
DI5009
Pressing plant
Material transport / storage

Traceability of sheet metal
components
Traceability plays an important role in
the automotive industry.
ifm electronic's RFID system is used to
identify press parts.
RFID systems for reading codes on metal further products from page 307
Type
Description
Order
no.
ID tag ID-TAG/D55x13/04 55 x 13 mm Housing materials: PA 6
E80351
RFID UHF antenna further products from page 307

Type
Description
Order
no.
RFID UHF antenna Housing materials: housing: plastics Operating frequency 865...870 MHz
ANT830
Locking of transport frames

Monitoring the locking of transport
frames
MK series magnetic cylinder sensors
detect the travel on a locking cylinder.
Inductive cylinder sensors further products from page 161

Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
10...30
10000
Protection
IP 65 / IP 67
Iload
Ta
[mA]
[C]
200
-25...85
Order
no.
MK5108
29
Body-in-white
30
Body-in-white
31
Body-in-white
Machine
32
Application
Product group
From
page
Skid conveyor system

Position detection of skid
Inductive sensors
119
Position detection of body
169
187
Access control / securing the area

Securing the area
213
Protective equipment
213
Safe detection of metals
211
211
Range detection Axis 1
211
211
211
Range scanning with limit
211
Loading check
169
Parts check
Inductive sensors
119
Part detection
Vision sensors
205
Safe positioning
211
Empty detection on material carriers
187
Vacuum detection on suction grippers
Pressure sensors
223
Part detection
Vision sensors
205
251
Locking check on clamps
Inductive sensors
119
Connection of sensors
Sockets
319
Signal transmission
Splitter boxes
331
Axis range scanning
Turntables
Handling
Gripping / clamping
Body-in-white
Machine
10
11
12
Application
Product group
From
page
Cooling water and industrial gases

Cooling water in welding guns
251
Pressure monitoring on welding guns
Pressure sensors
223
251
Shielding gas monitoring
251
Temperature monitoring of mixing head
Temperature sensors
271
Temperature monitoring of nozzles
Temperature sensors
271
Pressure monitoring of adhesive
Pressure sensors
223
Type detection of bodies
Vision sensors
205
Quality inspection of components
Vision sensors
205
Detection of adhesive pads
Vision sensors
205
Detecting nuts and bolts
187
Pressure monitoring of pneumatics
Pressure sensors
223
Valve connection
AS-Interface AirBoxes for pneumatics
297
Detection of pneumatic cylinders
Cylinder sensors
161
251
Limit level detection
Level sensors
261
Pressure measurement on pumps
Pressure sensors
223
Flow monitoring
251
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
311
Cable monitoring on lifts
211
Compartment occupied detection
169
Identification of bodies
1D/2D code readers
309
Gluing / sealing
Type and part detection
Manipulators
Body cleaning
Body storage area
33
Body-in-white
The reliability of the sensors

increases the availability of the plant
In the body-in-white, up to 200 individual parts and assemblies are put together to
form a self-supporting body.
As well as the well-established resistance welding, also known as spot welding,
depending on the mix of materials a variety of joining processes are used.
For lightweight materials such as aluminium and magnesium, joining processes such
as laser welding, flanging or clinching are more appropriate.
Suitable adhesives are also available nowadays. These adhesives also contribute in
part to damping noise as well as sealing seams and joints.
The requirements for the reliability and availability of the plant are very high in
body-in-white manufacture, since the material flow must not stall in the subsequent
painting process.
Here, sensors from ifm electronic, with their high standards of reliability and
robustness, help to achieve these goals sustainably.
34
Body-in-white
Monitoring the skid position

The IDC-type inductive sensors reliably
detect the positions of the skids.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PPE
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
70
250
Order
no.
ID5059
Monitoring the body position

Detecting the body position
Using time of flight measurement,
photoelectric sensors reliably detect the
position of the body on the skid, for
controlling the subsequent welding
processes.
PMDLine photoelectric sensors with time of flight measurement further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Background suppression
Range
0.03...2 m
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
33
<5
10...30
Order
no.
O5D100
35
Body-in-white
Securing the manufacturing cell area

Access restriction
Removal of sheet metal parts
sheet metal parts removal station.
Depending on the design, the safety
light curtains correspond to Type 2 or 4,
in accordance with EN 61496.
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1563
90
1510
0...4 / 3...12
6.5
24
Order
no.
OY110S
Door protection in transfer areas

Closed check on transfer stations
of high-speed doors without contact
piece.

Type
Length
Enable
zone
Housing
material
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
PPE
66
4...20 nf
PPE
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM701S
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM705S
[V]
36
Body-in-white
Axis range scanning with reference circles

Range scanning Axis 1 for robots
sensors directly detect the safe working
range of robots without contact and
without requiring a special counter
piece.

Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
35
1...8 nf
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
1/1
GG711S
[V]
24
Axis range scanning with limit fields

Range scanning Axis 1 for robots
Category SIL 2 fail-safe inductive
sensors detect the presence of metals
without contact and without requiring
a special counter piece. This minimises
the mechanical effort involved.
Fail-safe inductive sensors for the reliable detection of metals further products from page 211
Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
53
> 10 f
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
5/5
GG851S
[V]
Brass
24
37
Body-in-white
Loading check on turntables

Photoelectric sensors detect the
side part in a turntable
All parts must be placed correctly in the
clamping frame.
Here, the OGH500 photoelectric sensors
ensure reliable detection.
Photoelectric sensors further products from page 169

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
15...300 mm
Red
25
H/D PNP
OGH500
Parts check in welding tools

Inductive sensors detect
components in welding equipment
without disruption
The magnetic field resistant sensors for
detecting parts can be directly assembled
in the welding tools. Furthermore, the
coating helps prevent welding sputter
(or 'slag') from sticking.
Electromagnetic field immune sensors with correction factor K = 1 further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
Material
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
M12 / L = 65
3f
Brass
10...30
M12 / L = 65
8 nf
Brass
10...30
Protection
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 67
4000
200
IFW200
IP 67
4000
200
IFW201
[V]
38
Order
no.
Body-in-white
Removal of parts from material carriers

Empty" detection of material
carriers
The O1D photoelectric distance sensor
uses the analogue output to detect
how full the material carrier is.
PMD distance sensors with time of flight measurement for detecting the loading condition further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...10 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...33
18...30
Order
no.
O1D105
Pressure monitoring on suction grippers

Pressure measurement on suction
grippers
The vacuum sensors detect whether
there is sufficient vacuum present for
a safe gripping operation.
Vacuum sensors further products from page 223

Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...36
Order
no.
PN7009
39
Body-in-white
Clamping fixtures
Robust full-metal sensors
are close by
R series full-metal inductive sensors
are designed for heavy-duty work in
welding equipment. A non-stick coating
ensures a long holding time in the
tools.
Full metal sensors with non-stick coating against weld spatter further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M18 / L = 70
6f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
Order
no.
IGR200
Connection technology for clamping fixtures and sensors

It all depends on the cable
Signals from clamping fixtures and
sensors must be transmitted to the
controller without disruption.
Here, ifm electronic offers a wide range
of cables made from PUR (not crosslinked by irradiation) with grey or
orange sheath colour.
Connectors weld slag resistant further products from page 319

Type
Description
Socket angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts For welding applications M12 connector 2 m
Housing materials: housing: TPU black transparent / sealing: FKM
Order
no.
EVW007
Jumpers weld slag resistant further products from page 319

Type
Description
Jumper straight / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts For welding applications 1 m
Housing materials: housing: TPU orange / sealing: FKM
40
Order
no.
EVW024
Body-in-white
Cooling water monitoring on welding guns

Monitoring of cooling circuits in
welding robots
The SM magnetic-inductive volumetric
flow sensor detects the amount of
cooling water in the system.
The pressure sensor PK recognises the
sudden drop in pressure in the circuit,
e.g. when changing the caps.
Magnetic-inductive volumetric flow sensors further products from page 251

Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
16
< 0.150
19...30
SM6000
Order
no.
[Nm3/h]
0.25...25.00
(2% MV + 0.5% VMR
Order
no.
Pressure sensors in the cooling circuit with the PK pressure sensor further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
G male / M5 female
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Operation
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
PK6524
Cooling water monitoring in welding stations

Cooling water monitoring
in welding stations
The SBY series mechatronic flow
sensor switches very quickly when the
level falls below the minimum, thus
protecting the system.
Mechatronic flow sensors further products from page 251

Type
Process
connection
Rp
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
1...25
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
Order
no.
SBY333
41
Body-in-white

Compressed air monitoring in plant
and robot installation boards
Here, SD8000 compressed air meters
detect both the consumptions at
normal pressure (6 bar) as well as in the
high-pressure system (12 bar).
Consumptions are recorded and leaks
detected.
Compressed air meters for consumption measurement and leakage detection further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
[Nm3/h]
R1 (DN25)
1.8...225.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
16
< 0.1
18...30
Order
no.
SD8000
Shielding gas monitoring in welding equipment

Shielding gas monitoring in
welding processes
The SD6100 compressed air meter
reliably detects the presence and
consumption of argon, carbon dioxide
or nitrogen.
Compressed air meters further products from page 251

Type
42
Process
connection
Setting range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[Nm3/h]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
G (DN8)
Ar: 0.08...24.54 /
CO2: 0.047 (0.04)...14.38 /
N2: 0.05 (0.06)...14.94
0...60
16
< 0.1
19...30
SD5100
R (DN15)
Ar: 0.39 (0.4)...118.2 /

CO2: 0.24 (0.2)...71.7 /
N2: 0.24 (0.2)...73.0
0...60
16
< 0.1
19...30
SD6100
Order
no.
Body-in-white
Gluing body components

Temperature monitoring
of mixing head
The temperature of the adhesive components must not fall below predefined
values. The TN temperature sensor
passes the analogue signals on to the
pump controller.
Compact temperature sensors further products from page 271

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...150
Installation
length
Ub
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[mm]
[V]
[s]
45
18...32
1/3
M18 x 1.5
Order
no.
TN2531
Sealing of seams
Application of liquid PVC
To improve the vehicle acoustics and
corrosion protection, liquid PVC is
applied to the folded and flanged
edges.
The temperature sensor TR2432 detects
the correct temperature and reports
faults immediately.
The correct pump pressure is controlled
using an analogue pressure sensor.

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...300
GA
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
Order
no.
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
TR2432
Order
no.
Pressure sensors with analogue output for pump control further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN3001
43
Body-in-white
Type identification of car bodies and components

Detection of structural parts
The complexity and diversity of the
components places a great demand
on the logistics and manufacturing
processes.
Here, the O2D series vision sensors help
to keep an overview and ensure quality.
Vision sensors further products from page 205

Type
Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
400 x 300
0.08
10
CMOS image sensor B/W,

VGA resolution 640 x 480
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Infrared
-10...60
O2D224
Detection of adhesive pads for noise damping

Adhesive pads for noise damping
Increasingly, adhesive pads are applied
between the welded structural parts to
dampen noise.
Here, O2V series vision sensors detect
the presence of these pads, thus
ensuring process quality.

Type
Operating
principle

44
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
1320 x 945
0.3
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
White light
-10...60
O2V102
Body-in-white
Manipulators for the assembly of add-on parts

Manipulators support the operators
in the assembly shop
Heavy loads and complex components
are lifted and assembled using manipulators.
Here, a PK-type pressure sensor monitors
the correct working pressure in the
compressed air supply.

Type
Process
connection
G male / M5 female
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Operation
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
Order
no.
PK6524
Valve connection via AS-i AirBoxes

AS-i AirBoxes minimise
the connection complexity
The cylinder movements must be scanned. At the same time, the compressed
air is required by the cylinders.
Here, ifm electronics AS-i AirBoxes link
compact valves with digital feedback
inputs.
AS-i AirBoxes further products from page 297

Type
Description
AS-i AirBox 5/2-way bistable slide valve free from overlapping Three orientations of the flat cable are possible AS-i flat cable
connection Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode Addressing socket PA / POM
Order
no.
AC5253
45
Body-in-white
Monitoring the fill level of cleaning agents

Detecting limit levels with
fill level sensors
A special cleaning solution for
degreasing is required for an optimum
washing process.
Here, the LK81 series sensor monitors
the automatic filling of the storage
container.
Level sensors further products from page 261

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
0...35 (LK8124 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...70
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
200
LK8124
Pressure monitoring in the washing plant

Pressure measurement in the car
body washing plant
The pressure is generated using a highpressure pump. A PK series pressure
sensor controls the optimum working
pressure in the washing plant.

Type
Process
connection
G A / M5 I
46
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Operation
0...400
600
1600
9.6...32
Order
no.
PK6520
Body-in-white
Monitoring of drives in lifts

The VSA vibration sensor monitors
the condition of the drive motor. T
his enables faults to be detected more
easily.

Type
Description
Order
no.
VSA001
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors Ethernet interface Combicon connection PA
VSE002
Cable position detection for deflector pulleys

Cable position detection
for deflector pulleys
Category SIL 2 and PL d inductive safety
sensors detect the cable position on
deflector pulleys in lifts.

Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
35
1...8 nf
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
1/1
GG711S
[V]
24
47
Painting
48
Painting
49
Painting
Machine
50
Application
Product group
From
page
Conveyor technology
Position detection of skid
Inductive sensors
119
Locating the skids
RFID UHF
307
169
Identification of bodies
1D/2D code readers
309
Pump pressure control
Pressure sensors
223
Freshwater inflow
251
Level sensors
261
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Temperature sensors
271
Pressure sensors
223
Capacitive sensors
153
Position detection
Vision sensors
205
Pressure sensors
223
Temperature sensors
271
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Optical detection
Vision sensors
205
Position feedback
Inductive sensors
119
Pressure sensors
223
Flow monitoring
251
Airflow monitor
251
Speed measurement
203
Compressed air monitoring
251
311
Pretreatment
Cathodic e-coating
Sealing / conserving
Water treatment
Fresh air / Exhaust air
Painting
Machine
10
11
12
Application
Product group
From
page
Paint recycling
Temperature sensors
271
Level detection
Level sensors
261
Differential pressure measurement
Pressure sensors
223
Flow monitoring
251
Temperature sensors
271
Flow rate measurement
251
Optical detection
187
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Identification of parts
1D/2D code readers
309
311
Belt breakage check on fans
169
251
Painting robots
Painting add-on parts
Heat generation and distribution

211
Fan check
169
Temperature sensors
271
311
Assembly of add-on parts / final inspection

Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Part detection
Vision sensors
205
Identification
RFID UHF
307
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
311
Occupation of storage location
169
Position feedback
Inductive sensors
119
Body storage area
51
Painting
Position sensors and fluid sensors improve

the process quality
Now its time for some colour.

First the car bodies must be degreased and other dirt removed. As part of the
pretreatment, aluminium parts are lightly sandpapered, in order to enable a perfect
coating. The bodies receive their first corrosion protection in an EPD bath (electrophoretic deposition cathodic dip coating). Then the base coat is applied. This filler
smooths out any unevenness. After the base coat and the topcoat, the clear coat is
applied to give the bodies their shine.
A paint shop incorporates conveyor technology, various dip tanks as well as
numerous robots for applying the individual paintwork. In between, there are
evaporation zones and drying chambers. Heat generation, water treatment, paint
tank maintenance, exhaust air and fresh air supply are absolutely vital for reliable
operation.
Here sensors from ifm electronic, with their high standards of repeatability and
switch point stability, help the operator to ensure the high quality of the painting
process in series production.
52
Painting
Floor conveyors
ID series inductive sensors reliably
detect the positions of the skids on the
floor conveyors.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
Material
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
PPE
10...36
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
PPE
105 x 80 x 40
60 nf
PPE
Protection
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 67
70
250
ID5055
10...36
IP 67
70
250
ID5058
10...36
IP 65
100
250
ID5005
[V]
Order
no.
Roller conveyor systems

The IMC series inductive sensors
reliably detect the positions of the skids
in roller conveyors.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
Material
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
Protection
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 67
60
200
IM5117
IP 67
60
200
IM5136
[V]
Order
no.
53
Painting
Conveyor technology
Detecting the body position
Photoelectric sensors reliably detect
the position of the body on the skid to
control the subsequent processes.
Photoelectric sensors for determining position further products from page 169
Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
50...1800 mm
Red
50
H/D PNP
O5H500
PMDLine photoelectric sensors with time of flight measurement further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.03...2 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
33
<5
10...30
Order
no.
O5D100
Adjustable mounting systems further products from page 335

Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set Clamp mounting Free-standing M10 for type O5

Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: diecast zinc
E21083
Mounting set Clamp mounting With protective cover rod mounting 12 mm for type O5
E21210
Protective bracket further products from page 335

Type
Description
Mounting set Clamp mounting With protective cover Free-standing M10 for type O5
54
Order
no.
E21084
Painting
Cleaning of the body

Pressure measurement in the car
body washing plant
The pressure is generated using a highpressure pump. Here, the PG series
pressure sensor, with an analogue output, controls the optimum working
pressure of the pump.
Pressure monitoring in a high-speed pump further products from page 223

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...400
800
1200
18...32
Order
no.
PG2450
Magnetic-inductive volumetric flow sensors for freshwater inflow monitoring further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
0.25...25.00
-10...70
16
< 0.150
19...30
Order
no.
SM6000
Monitoring the fill level of cleaning agents

Level sensors detect the optimum
filling level in the tank
A special cleaning solution for
degreasing is required for an optimum
washing process.
Here, the LK31 series sensors with an
analogue output monitor the optimum
fill level in the storage tank.
Level sensors further products from page 261

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
0...35 (LK3124 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...70
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
200
LK3124
55
Painting
EPD bath (electrophoretic deposition - cathodic dip coating)

Detecting the state of doors
and flaps
The bodies receive their first corrosion
protection in an EPD bath.
Here, the O2D series vision sensors
detect whether plastic spacing sleeves
are keeping the doors and flaps slightly
open.
Vision sensors for position detection further products from page 205
Type
Operating
principle

Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
1320 x 945
0.3
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Infrared
-10...60
O2D222
Rinsing
Detecting rinsing water in the tank
A temperate rinsing solution is required
for an ideal process in the
pretreatment. The PG series pressure
sensor monitors the pressure in the
tank. The TK series temperature sensor
activates when the temperature falls
below a minimum level.

Type
Process
connection
G1 A sealing cone
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...10
50
150
18...32
Order
no.
PG2894*
Attention: The unit must only be installed in a process connection for G1 sealing cone! The G1A sealing cone of the unit is only
suited for adapters with metal end stop!
56
Painting
Cavity sealing
Sealing cavities with liquid wax
To improve corrosion protection, liquid
wax is applied in the cavities.
Here, the temperature sensor TR
detects the correct temperature and
reports faults immediately.
The pump pressure is controlled using
an analogue pressure sensor.

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...300
GA
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
Order
no.
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
TR2432
Order
no.
Pressure sensors with analogue output for pump control further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN3001
Sealing
Temperature monitoring on the
dispensing head
The temperature of the sealant may
not fall below defined values.
The TN temperature sensor passes the
analogue signals on to the pump
controller.
Compact temperature sensors for temperature monitoring further products from page 271
Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...150
M18 x 1.5
Installation
length
Ub
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[mm]
[V]
[s]
45
18...32
1/3
Order
no.
TN2531
57
Painting
Freshwater supply
Monitoring the freshwater feed
Treated water is required for all the
different rinsing zones.
The SI flow sensor continuously
monitors the inflow of water.

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Material
sensor tip
[cm/s]
3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
-25...80
30
1...10
19...36
Order
no.
SI5000
Control of the pneumatic valve actuators

Position feedback on valve
actuators
The IN series dual sensor contains two
inductive sensors for Open / Closed
detection of the valve position using
control cams. The digital output
controls the solenoid valve of the
pneumatic valve actuator.
Inductive dual sensors for position feedback on pneumatic valve actuators further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 26 x 26
4 nf
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PBT
10...36
IP 67
58
f
AC / DC
Iload
AC / DC
[Hz]
[mA]
1300
250
Order
no.
IN5224
Painting
Fresh air supply

Air consumption measurement
The SD compressed air meter
continuously measures the air flow. The
measured values are used as a basis to
determine the actual consumption.
Compressed air meters determine the actual consumption further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
[Nm3/h]
R1 (DN40)
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
16
< 0.1
18...30
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
3.5...410.0
Order
no.
SD9000
Exhaust
Speed detection on fans
The exhaust air from the painting
cabins is extracted and delivered to the
thermal post-combustion.
The speed sensor monitors the fans for
underspeed and blockages.
Speed detection further products from page 203

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M30 / L = 82
10 f
Electrical
design
DC PNP
Ub
Setting
range
Start-up
delay
[V]
[puls. / min.]
[s]
10...36 DC
5...300
15
Order
no.
DI5009

Vibration sensors for bearing monitoring in drives further products from page 311
Type
Description
Order
no.
VSA001
59
Painting
Bath maintenance
Ultrafiltration
A proportion of the paint is continuously
removed from the dip-bath and fed
through the ultrafiltration unit. The
residual solid content is mixed back into
the bath. The clean filtrate is used as a
rinsing solution. Here the temperature
sensor monitors the correct temperature.

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...300
GA
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
Order
no.
TR2432
Paint recycling
Detecting the fill level in the tanks
The paint spray, precipitated by the
water, is captured and filtered. The
paint acquired in this way can be
reintroduced to the mixture.
The LMT100 level sensor detects
whether the level in the tank falls
below a minimum value.
Point level sensors further products from page 261

Type
Process
connection
Process pressure
max.
Application
Protection
Order
no.
water, water-based media
IP 68 / IP 69K
LMT100
[bar]
GA
60
-1...16
Painting
Monitoring the painting robot nozzles

Flow measurement on painting
robots
The paint application demands a high
degree of availability from the systems.
Here, the SU volumetric flow sensor
detects any blockages of the nozzles.
Flow meters further products from page 251

Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
0.1...50.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU7000
G1
0.2...100.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU8000
Control of the painting robots

Detect start position for
the painting process
Water-soluble clear coats give the
painted car bodies their shimmering
shine. The O1D102 photoelectric
distance sensor detects the start
position for the paint process.
Type
Operating principle
Range
0.2...3.5 m
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D102
61
Painting
Paint supply
Pump monitoring
The paint supply demands a high
degree of availability from the pumps.
The VSA vibration sensor monitors the
function of the pump motor.

Type
Description
Order
no.
VSA001
VSE002
Fan monitoring
Belt breakage check on fans
The spray booths are maintained
at a slight positive pressure to keep
impurities from the air at bay. If the fan
breaks down, quality problems result.
The photoelectric sensor scans the fan
belt for breakages.

Type
62
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
50...1800 mm
Red
50
H/D PNP
O5H500
Painting
Heat production
in heating channels
Heated air must be provided for the
evaporation zones. The temperature
evaluation unit continually measures
the temperature of the air. If the
temperature falls below a minimum
level, it gives an alarm signal.
Evaluation systems for temperature sensors further products from page 271
Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
[C]
-40...300
GA
Order
no.
TR2432

Type
Measuring
range
Diameter
Installation
length
[C]
[mm]
[mm]
-40...150
10
160
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
Order
no.
[s]
1 x Pt 1000
1/3
TT1050

Door monitoring
sensors directly detect the end stop of
the high-speed door without contact
piece.

Type
Length
Enable
zone
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
Housing
material
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM701S
[V]
PPE
24
63
Painting
Identification of add-on parts

Identifying appropriate
add-on parts
The painted add-on parts must be
assigned to the corresponding body.
The multi-code reader detects the
codes on the build-tickets. This
prevents incorrect assembly of add-on
parts.
Multicode reader further products from page 309

Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 59
400 x 300
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I104
Skid identification
Determining the whereabouts
of skids
The painted car bodies travel through
the final inspection on skids, to the
high stack storage. At any time, the
RFID system can determine the whereabouts of the skids in each of the
zones.
RFID systems for reading codes on metal further products from page 307
Type
Description
RFID UHF antenna Housing materials: cover: plastics / housing: aluminium Operating frequency 902...928 (FCC) MHz
Order
no.
ANT930
ID tag further products from page 307

Type
Description
64
Order
no.
E80351
Painting
Occupation of storage location

Optically detecting whether
a compartment is occupied
After the paint process, the bodies are
stored temporarily.
Using the prismatic reflector, the retroreflective sensor with polarisation filter
on the transport lift can detect whether
a compartment is occupied or not.

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Polarisation filter
0.075...10 m
Red
250
H/D PNP
O5P500
Accessories further products from page 335

Type
Description
Order
no.
Prismatic reflector 80 mm round For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors Housing materials: plastics
E20005
Position feedback
Detecting travel lengths and
positions of the storage and
retrieval machine
The car body lift moves parallel to the
high-stack storage.
The IMC series inductive sensors detect
the cam switches for the positioning
and braking of the stacker crane.

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
200
Order
no.
IM5123
65
Powertrain
66
Powertrain
67
Powertrain
Machine
68
Application
Product group
From
page
Foundry
251
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Part detection
187
Securing the area
Safety light grids
219
Mechanical processing 1 (Engine / Gearbox)

251
Pressure sensors
223
Part seat monitoring
Pressure sensors
223
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Mechanical processing 2 (Engine / Gearbox)

Internal cooling of drill
251
Spindle monitoring
311
Level detection
Level sensors
261
Filter monitoring
Pressure sensors
223
Quality assurance
Vision sensors
205
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Flow monitoring
251
Part detection
169
Component manufacture
Coolant preparation / swarf disposal

Differential pressure measurement
Pressure sensors
223
Leakage detection
Level sensors
261
Swarf hopper monitoring
187
Level sensors
261
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Temperature sensors
271
Leakage detection
Level sensors
261
Washing and cleaning parts
Powertrain
Machine
10
11
12
Application
Product group
From
page
Leak test
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Leakage detection
Pressure sensors
223
Detecting assemblies
Vision sensors
205
Part detection
169
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
251
Part detection
169
Signal transmission
AS-Interface I/O modules
291
Cooling on test rigs
251
Pressure sensors
223
311
Detecting the stop
Cylinder sensors
161
Quality assurance
Vision sensors
205
Identification of parts
RFID 125 kHz
303
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Part detection
169
Detecting the stop
Cylinder sensors
161
Finger protection
213
311
Position detection
187
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Type detection
Vision sensors
205
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Engine assembly
Engine test rig
Gearbox assembly
Gearbox test rig
Delivery / storage
69
Powertrain
Manufacturing precision increases

customer satisfaction
The combination of engine and gearbox, also called the powertrain, forms the
heart of the drive unit.
The basic components such as crankcase, cylinder head or gearbox housing are
made in the foundry. These components are then finished by mechanical processing.
In many work steps, gear wheels and shafts are processed and then assembled into
gearboxes. In engine production, powerful petrol, diesel or hybrid drives are created
out of the mosaic of crankshaft, camshafts, connecting rods and many other parts
and sub-assemblies.
Here, sensors from ifm electronic with their high standards of repeatability and
switch point stability help the operator ensure the consistently high quality standards
in series production.
70
Powertrain
Foundry coolant monitoring

Drawing water from deep wells
Melt furnaces and casting moulds must
be cooled. Water is drawn from deep
wells for this purpose.
The SM2000 volumetric flow sensor
detects whether air is sucked up with it,
thus helping to avoid damage to the
equipment.
Flow rate measurement further products from page 251

Type
Process
connection
G2 flat seal
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
8...600
-10...70
16
< 0.25
18...32
Order
no.
SM2000
Foundry - casting moulds

Preparation of casting moulds
The casting moulds are united automatically. O1D photoelectric sensors
detect the casting moulds for the
control system.
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...10 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
Order
no.
[V]
1...50
18...30
O1D100
Order
no.
Safety light grids further products from page 219

Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1053
910
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY116S
71
Powertrain
Dry processing for chip removal machining

Blowing out drill holes
SD6000 series compressed air meters
detect a defined air volume for blowing
out drill holes.
The PN5004 pressure sensor monitors
the required minimum pressure.
Compressed air meters determine the actual consumption further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD6000
Order
no.
[Nm3/h]
R (DN15)
0.6...75.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
Order
no.

Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN5004
System solution: Part-seat monitoring of workpieces

Part-seat monitoring
The workpieces to be processed must
lie flat on the workpiece carrier to
ensure dimensional accuracy. The PS7
control unit detects any contamination
due to swarf or abrasion.
Control unit for part-seat monitoring further products from page 223
Type
Description
Control unit for part seat monitoring Setting by adjustment of the pneumatic bridge Integrated pressure sensor with
2 switching outputs and 4-digit alphanumerical display for trend display or display of current pressure Cable
72
Order
no.
PS7570
Powertrain
Position and part detection in machine tools

Full-metal sensors for application
in oils and coolants
Modern engines and gearboxes are,
to a large extent, manufactured from
aluminium alloys.
Full-metal inductive sensors with
correction factor K = 0 are unaffected
by aluminium swarf.
Full-metal inductive sensors with correction factor K = 0 further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M18 / L = 70
4.5 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
10...36
IP 68
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
100
Order
no.
IGC249
Flow check for internal cooling of drill

Extending the holding times
Continuous cooling of the drill is
essential if not much coolant is being
used or if the drill holes are long.
The mechatronic flow sensor is able to
detect extremely quickly if the amount
of coolant is no longer sufficient.
Flow transmitters with non-return valve further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
0.3...25
0...60
200
< 0.01
24
SBU623
0.3...50
0...60
200
< 0.01
24
SBU624
73
Powertrain
Hydraulic aggregates
Monitoring of power packs
LR and TR series sensors detect the level
and temperature in the hydraulic units.

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...300
GA
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Display unit
18...32
50
250
Order
no.
TR7432
Level sensors with guided wave radar further products from page 261
Type
Process
connection
GA
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
Medium
temperature
Iload
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
[C]
[mA]
L-40 (L-60)
30 / 10 (30)
18...30
0...80
200
Order
no.
LR7000
Filter monitoring
Differential pressure monitoring
PNI-type electronic pressure sensors
with an analogue input evaluate the
pressure difference in filter elements in
combination with PA-type transmitters.
Differential pressure measurement with PNI and PA further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
GI
74
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...25
100
350
18...30
Order
no.
PNI023
Powertrain
Camshaft manufacture
Grinding camshafts
The surface quality produced here is
extremely important for the quality of
the shafts.
To ensure the quality, the grinding
emulsion must be applied constantly.

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Material
sensor tip
[cm/s]
3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
-25...80
30
1...10
19...36
Order
no.
SI5000
Crankshaft manufacture
Identifying crankshafts
To ensure traceability, the crankshafts
are coded with data such as production
date and batch information.
This information is then read and
verified by the O2I code reader.
Multi-code reader for identifying codes further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 53.5
132 x 94
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I102
Connectors further products from page 319

Type
Description
Jumper straight / straight Ethernet Cross-over patch cable 2 m Housing materials: PUR / PC
Order
no.
E11898
75
Powertrain
Lubricant preparation
Leakage detection to section 19 of
the German Federal Water Act
The LI214x binary level sensor reliably
monitors whether coolant is leaking
from any pipes and tanks and collecting
in the gutter.
In this case, an alarm is triggered
immediately.
Level sensors to section 19 of the German Federal Water Act WHG further products from page 261
Type
Probe length
Output
Ub
[mm]
132
Normally closed
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Iload
[mA]
10...36
0...35
0...65
200
Order
no.
LI2141
Swarf disposal
Full detection for swarf hoppers
The O1D photoelectric sensor outputs
the fill level of the swarf hopper to the
analogue output. Both long swarf and
short-chipping swarf are detected.
PMD photoelectric sensors for detecting the loading condition further products from page 187
Type
76
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Order
no.
0.2...10 m
1...33
18...30
O1D105
0.3...6 m
1...33
18...30
O1D155
Powertrain
Cleaning parts
extended temperature range
Components and assemblies must be
cleaned after various manufacturing
operations. The ifm sensors can withstand ambient temperatures of up to
100 C.
Full-metal inductive sensors for wet areas further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
Material
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
M18 / L = 70
5f
10...36
M18 / L = 70
12 nf
10...36
Protection
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IGT247
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
500
100
IGT249
[V]
Order
no.
Industrial cleaning equipment

Determining limit levels
The LMT100 limit level sensor has many
applications in industrial cleaning
systems.
Applications such as detecting levels in
flood tanks, oil separators, working
tanks and use as a probe to warn of
leakages.
Sensors for point level detection further products from page 261
Type
Process
connection
Process pressure
max.
Application
Protection
Order
no.
IP 68 / IP 69K
LMT100
[bar]
GA
-1...16
77
Powertrain
Leak test
Leak test on components and
assemblies
In automated test stations, the test
pieces are placed under pressure using
compressed air.
Depending on the rate of leakage, the
pressure loss must not exceed the tight
tolerances.
Inductive sensors for position control further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M12 / L = 60
4f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Brass
10...36
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
700
200
IP 68
Order
no.
IFC229

Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
Order
no.
PN7004
Leakage test station

Leak test on components and
assemblies
Object detection sensors tell the automated test stations whether the system
has been set up correctly for the item
being tested.

Type
Operating
principle

78
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
400 x 300
0.08
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Infrared
-10...60
O2D224
Powertrain
Pneumatic maintenance unit

Flow meters for compressed air
The SD volumetric flow sensor
continuously monitors the compressed
air consumption of the consumers
connected to the maintenance unit.
The impulse signals per volume unit are
forwarded via the AS-i CompactLine
module to the control system.
Compressed air meter for the measurement of compressed air consumption further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
16
< 0.1
18...30
[Nm3/h]
R (DN15)
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
0.6...75.0
Order
no.
SD6000
CompactLine: AS-i modules for field applications further products from page 291
Type
Description
Order
no.
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode Digital inputs
Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part: Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton /
Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2457
Screw stations
Photoelectric fork sensors
in feed equipment
The vibration conveyors are used, for
example, to deliver screws to the
assembly stations. The OPU photoelectric fork sensor checks the presence
of the screws.

Type
Fork width
(w)
Fork depth
(d)
Switching
frequency
[mm]
Smallest
detectable
object
[mm]
[mm]
50
55
0.5
4000
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
[Hz]
Ub
Order
no.
[V]
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU203
79
Powertrain
Fuel supply in engine test rigs

Pressure sensors resist extreme
pressure peaks
On the engine test rigs, extreme
operating conditions are simulated in
the Hot test. During the test, extreme
pressure peaks in the fuel supply are a
frequent occurrence.
Pressure transmitter with analogue output further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
GI
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
0...100
300
650
16...32
Order
no.
PA9022
Vibration monitoring in engine test rigs

Protecting the braking motor
Due to the engine being tested, the
induction motor is sometimes exposed
to extreme vibration loading. If the
values are too extreme, the load is
reduced.

Type
80
Description
Order
no.
VSA001
VSE002
Powertrain
Quality assurance in driveshaft manufacture

Checking the assembly
In the manufacture of drive shafts, the
object detection sensor checks whether
a needle bearing has been assembled,
whether it is the correct bearing
and whether it has been correctly
assembled.
Sensors for object recognition further products from page 205

Type
Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
1320 x 945
0.3
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2D222
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
100 x 100
10

Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Illumination further products from page 209

Type
Operating
principle
[C]
Infrared
0...50
O2D905
RFID in the gearbox assembly shop

Identifying the part carriers
Thanks to RFID technology, the current
work step of the gearbox is always
known.
RFID systems with AS interface further products from page 303

Type
Description
Read/write head With integrated AS-i slave profile 7.4 M12 connector
Housing materials: housing: PPE / Metal parts: diecast zinc / brass nickel-plated
Order
no.
DTA300
81
Powertrain
Automated loading of gearbox test rig

Test rig access restriction
loading zones. The safety light curtains
correspond to Type 4, in accordance
with EN 61496.
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
1263
14
1210
0...3 / 1...6
16.5
24
Order
no.
OY008S
Workpiece carriers in the gearbox test rig

Locking the workpiece carrier and
detecting connectors
On the workpiece carriers, it must be
detected whether the connectors have
been connected in the correct
positions.
During the test run, the gearbox is held
in place using locking bolts.
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...10 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D100
Inductive cylinder sensors for stroke detection on locking cylinders further products from page 161
Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
25 x 5 x 6.5
82
PA (polyamide)
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
10...30
10000
Protection
IP 65 / IP 67
Iload
Ta
[mA]
[C]
100
-25...85
Order
no.
MK5107
Powertrain
Provision of engine and transmission

Identification of engine
and transmission
Engine and gearbox variants must
also be safely assigned for further use,
in consideration of country-specific
versions.
Multi-code reader for identifying codes further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 53.5
64 x 48
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I100
Shipping of engine and transmission

Engine and transmission
completeness check
Engine and gearbox variants differ from
each other in many ways for countryspecific versions.
Before shipping to the assembly plant,
the presence of, for example, stoppers,
ID marks and similar are checked.
Vision sensors for checking tasks further products from page 205
Type
Operating
principle

Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
640 x 480
0.1
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Infrared
-10...60
O2D220
83
Assembly
84
Assembly
85
Assembly
Machine
86
Application
Product group
From
page
Disassembling the doors

Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Collision protection
187
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Part detection
Capacitive sensors
153
Compartment occupied detection
169
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Optical detection
169
Positioning
Vision sensors
205
187
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Positioning
169
Door protection
211
Positioning
Photoelectric fork sensors / angle sensors
185
Pressure sensors
223
Quality assurance
Vision sensors
205
Release for work step
Capacitive sensors
153
Optical detection
169
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Identification
RFID UHF
307
187
Part detection
Vision sensors
205
Assembly of door module
Dashboard installation
Windscreen assembly
Chassis / driveline assembly
Marriage
Assembly
Machine
10
11
12
Application
Product group
From
page
Wheel assembly
Position detection
169
Pattern recognition
Vision sensors
205
Part detection
Inductive sensors
119
Part detection
169
Identification
RFID 13.56 MHz
305
Pressure sensors
223
Parts check
Capacitive sensors
153
Optical detection
169
Identification
1D/2D code readers
309
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
187
Optical detection
169
Level sensors
261
Level measurement
251
187
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
Flow monitoring
251
311
Temperature sensors
271
Position detection
Inductive sensors
119
251
Pressure measurement on pumps
Pressure sensors
223
Seat assembly
Reassembling the doors
Filling
Function test
Rain test / final inspection
87
Assembly
The jigsaw becomes a car
Piece by piece, the complete vehicle is formed from many individual components.
Countless bolts fix the assemblies in their places. Clips hold carpets and the interior
trim in place. Kilometres of cables and wiring form the vehicle's nervous system.
The tyres and wheel rims are often used to further individualise the wheels.
Customer-specific equipment options make the car more interesting but represent
huge logistical challenges. Here it is absolutely essential to assign the parts and
components according to the equipment options desired by the customer.
In the end, it is the assembly which determines the success of the transformation of
jigsaw pieces into high-quality product.
Here, ifm electronic is able to provide well-proven sensors for the diverse requirements
of assembly processes. Our many years of experience also enable us to develop sensors and systems for the assembly tasks of the future, and provide them to the user.
88
Assembly
Disassembling the doors

Identifying the appropriate doors
The doors are removed from the car
body and forwarded to the door module
assembly area. The O2I multi-code
reader checks the codes on the doors
and/or the build-tickets. This avoids
incorrect assignment to the vehicles
later on.
Multi-code reader for identifying doors further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 53.5
64 x 48
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I100
Transport to door module assembly

Travelling doors
The doors are transported for further
processing via the overhead electric
monorail conveyor. IMC series inductive
sensors detect the position of the
hangers. Photoelectric distance sensors
are responsible for preventing
collisions.
Inductive sensors for determining position further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
80
200
Order
no.
IM5116

Photoelectric sensors for approach check further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
0.3...6 m
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...33
18...30
Order
no.
O1D155
89
Assembly
Detecting add-on parts for door modules

Identifying appropriate
add-on parts
The painted components, e.g. wing
mirrors, must be assigned to the
appropriate car body.
The multi-code reader detects the
codes on the build-tickets. This
prevents incorrect assembly of
add-on parts.
Multi-code reader identification of add-on parts further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 53.5
64 x 48
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I100
Function check of electrical equipment

Check connector position
for diagnostics
After the assembly of mirrors, locks and
window lifts, the electrical function is
checked using a diagnostics connector
device. The KF5002 capacitive sensor
detects whether the diagnostics
connector device is still connected
after the test and releases the next
production step.
Capacitative sensors for determining position further products from page 153
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M12 / L = 61
8 nf
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
10...36
IP 65
90
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
50
100
Order
no.
KF5002
Assembly
Dashboard removal
Removing instrument panels
without collisions
During the gripping operation, the
distance sensors measure the distance
to the instrument panel. If the distance
falls below the value previously stored
in the robot's program, the gripping
robot reduces its speed to avoid
a collision.
Collision monitoring with time of flight sensors further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...3.5 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D102
Dashboard installation
Positioning the instrument panels
The O2V object detection sensors
recognise a characteristic form in
the car body. The sensors detect the
position during the approach, and give
correction data to the robot control if
necessary.
Vision sensors for controlling installation further products from page 205
Type
Operating
principle

Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
1320 x 945
0.3
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
White light
-10...60
O2V102
91
Assembly
Door protection in transfer areas

Closed check on transfer stations
Category 4 / SIL 3 fail-safe inductive
of high-speed doors without contact
piece.
Inductive safety sensor for monitoring high-speed doors further products from page 211
Type
Length
Enable
zone
Housing
material
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
PPE
66
4...20 nf
PPE
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM701S
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM705S
[V]
Pressure monitoring on suction grippers for windscreen assembly

on suction grippers
there is sufficient vacuum present
for a safe gripping operation.
Vacuum pressure sensor for measuring the vacuum on a suction gripper further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
G 1/8 I
92
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...1
20
30
18...32
Order
no.
PQ7809
Assembly
Positioning the car body

Fine positioning of the car body
The IDC inductive sensor detects the
presence of the car body before the
defined position. The motion slows
down until the OPU photoelectric fork
sensor signals that the exact position
has been reached.
IDC series inductive sensors for position detection further products from page 119
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PPE
10...36
IP 67
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
70
250
ID5058
Ub
Order
no.

Photoelectric fork sensors for determining the exact position further products from page 185
Type
Fork width
(w)
Fork depth
(d)
Switching
frequency
[mm]
Smallest
detectable
object
[mm]
[mm]
120
60
0.8
2000
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
[Hz]
[V]
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU205
Robot guidance for windscreen assembly

Light scanner for positioning
the grippers
The windscreens are removed by
grippers. Four O5H series reflection
light scanners are used to precisely
position the gripper. The windscreen
is held in place precisely and without
stress.
Photoelectric sensors for gripper positioning further products from page 169
Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
50...1800 mm
Red
50
H/D PNP
O5H500
93
Assembly
Quality assurance in the suspension assembly

Position check of brake discs
The ifm vision sensors monitor the
exact position of the brake discs. The
next assembly step will only be released
if their position is correct.
This saves subsequent costs, which used
to be incurred due to the rectification
work required for incorrectly assembled
brake discs.
Vision sensors for position detection further products from page 205
Type
Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
1320 x 945
0.3
10

Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Infrared
-10...60
O2D222
Touch sensor further products from page 153

Type
Ub
Iload
Current
consumption
Ambient
temperature
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
[C]
24
500
30
-40...85
Protection
Order
no.
IP 69K
KT5002
Manufacture of exhaust systems

Cutting pipes for exhaust
systems to length
In an automatic saw, the pipes are cut
to the appropriate length corresponding
to that stored in the program. The OJ
reflection light scanner is used to determine the start position for the length
measurement, using an absolute shaft
encoder.
Laser reflection light scanner for determining the start position further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
94
Range
15...200 mm
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
[V]
2x1
10...30
Ub
Order
no.
OJ5152
Assembly
Collision protection in the assembly area

Detecting when the assembly
platform is free
Here, the O1D distance sensor detects
whether the assembly platform is free.
Only when no car body is present will
the hangar be lowered and the car
body positioned.
Photoelectric detection of car bodies further products from page 187

Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Order
no.
0.2...10 m
1...33
18...30
O1D105
0.3...6 m
1...33
18...30
O1D155
Marriage
Uniting the car body with
the drivetrain
The IMC inductive sensor controls the
lowering of the car body onto the
assembly platform.
The O1D distance sensors detect
whether other driverless transport
systems are approaching the assembly
platform.
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
200
Order
no.
IM5115

Photoelectric sensors for approach check further products from page 187
Type
Operating principle
Range
0.3...6 m
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...33
18...30
Order
no.
O1D155
95
Assembly
Wheel transport
Transporting the wheels to the
assembly station
The O5S (transmitter) / O5E (receiver)
through-beam sensors detect the complete wheels on the roller conveyor.
This ensures there are no interruptions
in the transport to the assembly
stations.
Photoelectric detection of complete wheels further products from page 169

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Transmitter
25 m
Red
625
O5S500
Receiver
25 m
Red
H/D PNP
O5E500
Wheel assembly
Assembling the wheels
The O2V vision sensors detect preprogrammed bolt hole patterns in the
wheel rims. The robots can grip the
wheels in a defined way and approach
the bolting position with extreme
precision.
Detecting the pattern of bolt holes further products from page 205
Type
Operating
principle

96
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
640 x 480
0.1
10
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
White light
-10...60
O2V100
Assembly
Detection of seats
Identifying the seat assemblies
Each seat is clearly identifiable via an
integrated RFID tag and so can be
assigned to the correct vehicle.
RFID 13.56 MHz aerial further products from page 305

Type
Description
Order
no.
Read/write head M12 connector 5 positions of the sensing face selectable

Housing materials: housing: PA / Metal parts: stainless steel
ANT513
Pressure monitoring of suction grippers for seat assembly

on suction grippers
there is sufficient vacuum present for
a safe gripping operation.
Vacuum pressure sensor for measuring the vacuum on a suction gripper further products from page 223
Type
Process
connection
G 1/8 I
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
-1...1
20
30
18...32
Order
no.
PQ7809
97
Assembly
Reassembling the doors

Installation of the door modules
The labels on the doors are read
before assembly. This ensures that the
completed doors are assigned to the
correct vehicle.
Multi-code reader identification of add-on parts further products from page 309
Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
Motion speed
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
LED
[m/s]
60 x 42 x 59
400 x 300
red light
3/5
Process
interface
Order
no.
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I104
Transport to the door assembly area

On the way to visual inspection
The assembled vehicle is placed on a
conveyor by a lift. The O5P500 retroreflective sensor with polarisation filter
detects whether the transfer station is
free. IM5115 series inductive sensors
monitor the conveyor motion.

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Polarisation filter
0.075...10 m
Red
250
H/D PNP
O5P500
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
98
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
100
200
Order
no.
IM5115
Assembly
State recognition
Detecting the bonnet condition
open
If the car body travels to a defined
position with an open bonnet, the light
beam to the assembly shop floor will be
broken and clearance to proceed will
be given.
A closed bonnet is also recognised and
the automatic docking to the filling
station prevented.

Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
0.2...3.5 m
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
1...50
18...30
Order
no.
O1D102
Filling with various fluids

Filling tanks and auxiliary units
Before the function test, the car needs
to be filled up with various fluids such
as windscreen washer, brake fluid and
a minimum amount of fuel.
The level sensors detect the preselected
amounts on extraction from the appropriate filling station.
Detection of levels of different media further products from page 261

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
0...35 (LK1023 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...70
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
200
LK1023
99
Assembly
Function test roller dynamometer

Checking the vehicle properties
The roller dynamometer is used for
testing, for example, acceleration and
deceleration. Adhering to tailpipe
emission values is also an important
test criterion. The exhaust gases
must be extracted under controlled
conditions.
Flow monitoring in a suction system further products from page 251

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Greatest
sensitivity
Medium
temperature
Response
time
Max. T0
gradient
Pressure
rating
[cm/s]
[cm/s]
[C]
[s]
[K/min]
[bar]
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
300
300
Order
no.
SF5200
Control monitor for flow sensors further products from page 283
Type
Ub /
Tolerance
Current
consumpt.
Power
consumpt.
Output
when flow is
present
Output
when
temperature
is exceeded
Output
in case of
wire break
Order
no.
[VA]
Power-on
delay
time
[s]
[V] / [%]
[mA]
24 DC /
+10 / -20
90
10...80
relay energised
relay energised
relay de-energised
SR0150*
* Note for AC and AC/DC units

Miniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, 5 A (fast acting) Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after a short
circuit.
100
Assembly
Rain test
Leakage test in the washing plant
In the Rain test, the finished vehicles
are tested for leaks. The SM6000
volumetric flow sensor measures the
water flow rate. The PG2450 pressure
sensor with analogue output controls
the ideal working pressure of the
pump.
Water flow rate monitoring with volumetric flow sensors further products from page 251
Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
0.25...25.00
-10...70
16
< 0.150
19...30
SM6000
Order
no.
Pressure monitoring in a high-speed pump further products from page 223

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Display unit
0...400
800
1200
18...32
PG2450
101
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
AC001S
CE, CUL
299
AC002S
CE, CUL
299
AC2484
CE
293
AC5003
CUL
AC003S
CE, CUL
301
299
AC505S
CE, CUL
301
AC004S
AC006S
CE, CUL
299
AC506S
CE, CUL
301
CE
301
AC5200
CE, CUL
295
AC007S
CE, CUL
301
AC5203
CE, CUL
295
AC009S
CE, CRUUS
301
AC5204
CE, CUL
295
AC010S
CE, CUL
301
AC5205
CE, CUL
295
295
AC030S
CE, CUL
301
AC5208
CE, CUL
AC031S
CE, CUL
299
AC5209
CE, CUL
295
AC032S
CE, CUL
299
AC5210
CE, CUL
295
287
AC5211
CE, CUL
295
CE, CUL
299
AC5213
CE, CUL
295
AC1154
CE
291, 293
AC5214
CE, CUL
295
AC1253
CE, CRUUS, CUL
289
AC5215
CE, CUL
295
AC1254
CE, CRUUS, CUL
289
AC5222
CE, CUL
295
AC1256
CE, CRUUS, CUL
289
AC5227
CE, CUL
297
AC1257
CE, CUL
289
AC5228
CE, CUL
297
295
AC0340
AC041S
AC1258
CE, CRUUS, CUL
289
AC5235
CE, CUL
AC1327
CE, CUL
287
AC5236
CE, CUL
295
AC1337
CE, CUL
287
AC5243
CE, CUL
297
AC1355
CE, CUL
287
AC5246
CE, CUL
297
AC1356
CE, CUL
287
AC5249
CE, CUL
297
AC1365
CE, CUL
287
AC5251
CE, CUL
297
297
AC1366
CE, CUL
287
AC5253
CE, CUL
AC1375
CE, CUL
287
AC5270
CE, CUL
297
AC1376
CE, CUL
287
AC5271
CE, CUL
297
AC1401
CE, CUL, PI
287
ANT410
CE, CUL
305
AC1402
CE, CUL, PI
287
ANT411
CE, CUL
305
CE, CUL
305
AC1411
CE, CUL, PI
287
ANT513
AC1412
CE, CUL, PI
287
ANT805
307
AC2216
CE, CUL
291
ANT810
307
AC2217
CE, CUL
291
ANT820
307
AC2219
CE, CUL
291
ANT830
307
307
AC2250
CE, CRUUS
291
ANT910
AC2251
CE, CRUUS
291
ANT930
AC2252
CE, CRUUS
291
DI0001
CE
AC2254
CE, CRUUS
291
DI0002
CE
203
AC2255
CE, CRUUS
291
DI5001
CE
203
AC2256
CE, CRUUS
291
DI5003
CE
203
203
307
203
AC2257
CE, CRUUS
291
DI5004
CE
AC2264
CE, CRUUS
291
DI5007
CE
203
AC2267
CE, CRUUS
291
DI5009
CE
203
AC2410
CE, CUL
293
DI6001
CE, CUL
203
AC2411
CE, CUL
293
DN1030
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
AC2412
CE, CUL
293
DN1031
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
AC2417
CE, CUL
293
DN4011
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
AC2457
CE, CUL
293
DN4012
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
AC2459
CE, CUL
293
DN4013
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
AC2466
CE, CUL
293
DN4014
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
102
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
CRUUS
328
DN4032
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
E11509
DN4033
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
E11510
DN4034
CE, CRUUS, CUL
347
E11511
CRUUS
328
CRUUS
328
328
DTA100
CE, CUL
303
E11512
DTA101
CE, CUL
303
E11521
335
DTA200
CE, CUL
303
E11533
336
DTA201
CE, CUL
303
E11534
336
DTA300
CE, CUL
303
E11562
333
DTA301
CE, CUL
303
E11566
247, 333
DTE100
CE, CUL, PI
305
E11627
333
DTE800
CE
307
E11736
322
DTE810
CE
307
E11739
322
DTE900
CUL
307
E11796
163, 336
DTE910
CUL
307
E11797
163, 336
E10015
335
E11799
163, 336
E10017
271, 279
E11801
336
E10076
335
E11807
207, 309
E10077
279, 335
E11816
336
E10154
335
E11817
163, 336
E10193
271, 279
E11818
163, 337
E10221
335
E11819
163, 337
E10447
329
E11820
337
E10448
329
E11821
337
E10734
335
E11822
337
E10735
335
E11877
336
E10736
335
E11898
305, 309
E10737
335
E11912
336
E10741
335
E11913
336
E10742
335
E11914
167
E10751
159
E11928
167
E10753
159
E11950
207, 309
E10802
333
E11975
337
E10803
333
E11976
337
E10806
335
E11977
337
E10807
335
E11978
337
E10808
335
E11979
337
E10848
335
E11980
337
E11047
336
E11981
337
E11048
336
E11982
337
E11049
336
E12090
305
E11114
336
E12106
336
E11115
336
E12153
155
E11231
205, 247
E12163
155
E11232
205, 247
E17320
285
E11311
309
E17327
285
339
E11504
CRUUS
328
E20003
E11505
CRUUS
328
E20004
339
E11506
CRUUS
328
E20005
169, 171
E11507
CRUUS
329
E20059
197
E11508
CRUUS
328
E20062
197
(CCC) = CCC approval is not required
103
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
E20128
197
E21165
E20129
197
E21166
205, 340
340
E20452
169, 171
E21168
205, 207
E20454
339
E21169
340
E20603
199
E21171
340
E20606
199
E21172
E20615
199
E21237
E20714
199
E2D101
E20718
171, 173
E2D107
209
E20719
171, 173
E2D108
209
E20720
171, 173
E2D109
209
E20722
187, 201
E2D110
205, 207
E20739
339
E2D112
205, 207
205, 207
340
CE
179
193, 337
E20744
179, 339
E2D200
E20752
199
E2D400
205
E20753
199
E2D401
340
E20796
169
E2D402
340
E20856
169, 338
E30000
229, 241
E20860
169, 338
E30003
342
E20866
338
E30006
279
E20867
338
E30007
E20938
338
E30013
E20939
339
E30016
344
E20940
338
E30017
271, 344
E20950
338
E30018
344
E20951
338
E30044
342
E20952
338
E30047
344
E20953
339
E30050
342
E20954
339
E30057
237, 239
229, 241
EHEDG, FDA
CRN
342
E20956
339
E30058
E20968
183, 338
E30073
342
344
E20974
183, 338
E30075
245
E20975
191
E30076
245
E20976
191
E30077
245
E20984
183, 338
E30094
237, 239
E20990
187, 339
E30116
E20992
339
E30396
CE
195, 225
CE, CUL
195, 225
341
E20993
187, 339
E30398
E20994
187, 339
E35010
345
E21015
339
E35020
345
E21076
340
E35030
345
E21079
193
E35050
345
E21083
177, 195
E37340
249
E21084
177, 195
E37350
249
E21085
177, 195
E40048
344
E21087
177, 195
E40078
344
E21109
340
E40079
344
E21110
340
E40080
344
E21139
205, 207
E40096
279, 343
E21140
327
E40097
279, 343
104
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
343
E75232
297
CRN
343
E80021
317
E40101
279, 343
E80022
317
E40098
E40099
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
E40104
279, 343
E80301
303
E40124
279, 344
E80302
303
E40129
344
E80318
303
E40178
253, 255
E80319
303
E40179
253, 255
E80322
303
E40180
255, 343
E80350
307
E40191
343
E80351
307
E40193
343
E80353
307
E40199
253, 344
E80354
307
E40203
344
E80360
305
E40205
255, 343
E80361
305
E40216
344
E80370
305
E40231
253
E80371
E43000
342
EBC001
CUL
331
E43001
265, 269
EBC002
CUL
332
E43002
342
EBC003
CUL
332
E43003
261, 265
EBC004
CUL
333
E43004
261, 265
EBC005
CUL
331
305
E43005
261, 343
EBC006
CUL
332
E43006
261, 265
EBC007
CUL
332
E43007
269
EBC008
CUL
333
E43012
342
EBC009
CUL
331
E43013
342
EBC010
CUL
332
E43016
342
EBC011
CUL
332
E43201
343
EBC012
CUL
333
E43202
267, 342
EBC013
CUL
331
E43203
267
EBC014
CUL
332
E43204
267
EBC015
CUL
331
E43205
267
EBC016
CUL
332
E43207
267
EBC017
CUL
331
E43208
267
EBC018
CUL
332
331
E43210
267
EBC019
CUL
E43300
EHEDG, FDA
263
EBC020
CUL
332
E43301
EHEDG, FDA
263
EBC021
CUL
331
E43302
EHEDG, FDA
263
EBC022
CUL
332
E43303
EHEDG, FDA
263
EBC023
CUL
331
E43400
317
EBC024
CUL
333
E43910
265, 269
EBC025
CUL
331
E7001S
299
EBC026
CUL
332
E70213
291, 301
EBC027
CUL
331
E70230
291, 299
EBC028
CUL
332
E7040S
299
EBC029
CUL
331
E70423
293
EBC030
CUL
332
E74000
293
EBC031
CUL
331
E74010
293
EBC032
CUL
333
E75227
297
EBC033
CUL
331
E75228
297
EBC034
CUL
332
105
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
EBC035
CUL
331
EBC036
CUL
333
167
EVC072
EBC054
EC2080
EVC001
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
EVC070
CRUUS
320
EVC071
CRUUS
320
CRUUS
320
313
EVC076
CRUUS
328
CRUUS
155, 165
EVC077
CRUUS
328
EVC002
CRUUS
-, 119, 123
EVC078
CRUUS
328
EVC003
CRUUS
311, 315
EVC108
CRUUS
324
EVC004
CRUUS
203, 221
EVC109
CRUUS
324
EVC005
CRUUS
-, 119, 123
EVC135
CRUUS
325
EVC006
CRUUS
259, 319
EVC141
CRUUS
167, 185
EVC007
CRUUS
320
EVC142
CRUUS
179, 185
EVC008
CRUUS
320
EVC143
CRUUS
321
EVC009
CRUUS
320
EVC144
CRUUS
151, 185
EVC010
CRUUS
323
EVC145
CRUUS
145, 151
EVC011
CRUUS
323
EVC146
CRUUS
321
EVC012
CRUUS
303, 323
EVC147
CRUUS
321
EVC013
CRUUS
277, 303
EVC148
CRUUS
321
EVC014
CRUUS
303, 324
EVC149
CRUUS
321
EVC015
CRUUS
324
EVC150
CRUUS
157, 249
EVC016
CRUUS
324
EVC151
CRUUS
157, 249
EVC017
CRUUS
324
EVC152
CRUUS
-, 249, 321
EVC018
CRUUS
324
EVC153
CRUUS
157, 249
EVC019
CRUUS
324
EVC154
CRUUS
-, 157, 189
EVC020
CRUUS
324
EVC155
CRUUS
249, 322
EVC021
CRUUS
325
EVC215
CRUUS
326
EVC022
CRUUS
325
EVC216
CRUUS
326
EVC023
CRUUS
325
EVC217
CRUUS
326
EVC024
CRUUS
325
EVC218
CRUUS
326
EVC025
CRUUS
323
EVC219
CRUUS
326
EVC026
CRUUS
323
EVC230
CRUUS
326
EVC027
CRUUS
323
EVC231
CRUUS
326
EVC028
CRUUS
323
EVC232
CRUUS
326
EVC029
CRUUS
323
EVC233
CRUUS
327
EVC030
CRUUS
323
EVC234
CRUUS
327
EVC031
CRUUS
323
EVC245
CRUUS
327
EVC032
CRUUS
247, 323
EVC246
CRUUS
327
EVC033
CRUUS
277, 323
EVC247
CRUUS
327
EVC034
CRUUS
277, 323
EVC248
CRUUS
327
EVC035
CRUUS
324
EVC249
CRUUS
327
EVC036
CRUUS
325
EVC255
CRUUS
327
EVC037
CRUUS
325
EVC256
CRUUS
327
EVC038
CRUUS
325
EVC257
CRUUS
327
EVC039
CRUUS
325
EVC258
CRUUS
327
EVC043
CRUUS
322
EVC259
CRUUS
327
EVC044
CRUUS
322
EVC265
CRUUS
325
EVC050
CRUUS
322
EVC266
CRUUS
325
EVC051
CRUUS
322
EVC267
CRUUS
326
EVC052
CRUUS
323
EVC268
CRUUS
326
EVC053
CRUUS
323
EVC269
CRUUS
326
EVC054
CRUUS
323
EVC275
CRUUS
326
106
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
EVC276
CRUUS
326
EY3007
341
EVC277
CRUUS
326
EY3008
341
EVC278
CRUUS
326
EY3009
341
EVC279
CRUUS
326
EY3099
CE
341
EVT001
CRUUS
133, 319
G1501S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
221
EVT002
CRUUS
133, 319
G1502S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
221
EVT004
CRUUS
133, 319
G1503S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
221
EVT005
CRUUS
133, 319
G2001S
CE
217, 221
211
EVT007
CRUUS
133, 320
GF711S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
EVT008
CRUUS
320
GG505S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW001
CRUUS
139, 319
GG711S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW002
CRUUS
139, 141
GG712S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW003
CRUUS
319
GG851S
CE, CUL
211
EVW004
CRUUS
139, 319
GI701S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW005
CRUUS
139, 141
GM504S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW006
CRUUS
319
GM505S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW007
CRUUS
320
GM701S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
EVW008
CRUUS
320
GM705S
CE, CUL, TuevNord
211
143
EVW009
CRUUS
320
IC5005
CE, CUL, (CCC)
EVW010
CRUUS
320
ID5005
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
EVW011
CRUUS
320
ID5055
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
EVW012
CRUUS
320
ID5058
CE, (CCC)
143
EVW013
CRUUS
320
ID5059
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
EVW014
CRUUS
321
IE5072
CE, (CCC)
145
145
EVW015
CRUUS
321
IE5090
CE, CUL, (CCC)
EVW024
CRUUS
324
IE5257
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW025
CRUUS
324
IE5266
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW026
CRUUS
324
IE5287
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW028
CRUUS
324
IE5288
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW029
CRUUS
324
IE5312
CE, (CCC)
145
EVW038
CRUUS
325
IE5318
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW039
CRUUS
325
IE5328
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW040
CRUUS
325
IE5329
CE, CUL, (CCC)
145
EVW041
CRUUS
325
IE5338
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EVW042
CRUUS
325
IE5340
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1001
CE
340
IE5343
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1002
CE
340
IE5344
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1003
CE
340
IE5345
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1004
CE
340
IE5346
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1005
CE
341
IE5349
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1006
CE
341
IE5350
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1007
CE
341
IE5351
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1008
CE
341
IE5352
CE, CUL, (CCC)
147
EY1009
CE
341
IE5381
CE, (CCC)
119
EY1010
CE
341
IE5390
CE, (CCC)
125
EY3001
CE
341
IE5391
CE, (CCC)
125
EY3002
CE
341
IEC200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
135
EY3004
CE
341
IEC201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
135
EY3005
CE
341
IER200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
341
IER203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
EY3006
107
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
IER205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IFC200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IFC201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IFC204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFC205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFC206
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFC207
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFC208
CE, CUL, (CCC)
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
IGC220
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IGC221
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IGC222
CE, (CCC)
121
119
IGC232
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
119
IGC248
CE, CUL, (CCC)
135
119
IGC249
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
119
IGR200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
119
IGR203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
137
IFC209
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IGR205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFC210
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IGR206
CE, (CCC)
137
IFC229
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IGS200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC230
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IGS201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC234
CE, (CCC)
121
IGS204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC235
CE, (CCC)
121
IGS205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC258
CE, CUL, (CCC)
135
IGS206
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC259
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
IGS207
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC263
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
IGS208
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFC264
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
IGS209
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
129
IFR200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IGS212
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IFR203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IGS213
CE, CUL, (CCC)
129
IFR205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IGT200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFR206
CE, (CCC)
137
IGT202
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFS200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGT203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFS201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGT205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFS204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGT247
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IFS205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGT249
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IFS206
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGW200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IFS207
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IGW201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IFS208
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IIC206
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IFS209
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IIC207
CE, CUL, (CCC)
123
IFS210
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IIC208
CE, (CCC)
121
IFS212
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IIC209
CE, (CCC)
121
IFS213
CE, CUL, (CCC)
127
IIC218
CE, CUL, (CCC)
125
IFT200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IIC224
CE, CUL, (CCC)
135
IFT202
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IIR200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IFT203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IIR203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IFT205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IIR205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
137
IFT240
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IIR206
CE, (CCC)
137
IFT245
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IIT200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFW200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IIT202
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IFW201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IIT204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IGC200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IIT205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
131
IGC201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IIT228
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IGC204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IIT231
CE, CUL, (CCC)
133
IGC205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IIW200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IGC206
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IIW201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
139
IGC207
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IL5002
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
IGC208
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IL5003
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
IGC209
CE, CUL, (CCC)
119
IL5004
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
IGC210
CE, CUL, (CCC)
121
IL5005
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
108
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
155
IM5115
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
KQ6001
CE, CUL
IM5116
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
KQ6002
CE, CUL
155
IM5117
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
KQ6004
CE, CUL
155
IM5119
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
KQ6005
CE, CUL
155
IM5120
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
KT5001
CE, (CCC)
157
IM5123
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
KT5002
CE, (CCC)
157
IM5124
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
KT5005
CE
157
IM5125
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
KT5006
CE
157
IM5126
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LDH100
CE
317
IM5128
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI2141
CE, CUL
261
IM5129
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI2142
CE, CUL
261
IM5130
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI2143
CE, CUL
261
IM5131
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI5141
CE, CUL
261
IM5132
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI5142
CE, CUL
261
IM5133
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LI5143
CE, CUL
261
IM5134
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
LI5144
CE, CUL
261
IM5135
CE, CUL, (CCC)
141
LK1022
CE, CUL
265
IM5136
CE, CUL, (CCC)
143
LK1023
CE, CUL
265
IM5137
CE, (CCC)
143
LK1024
CE, CUL
265
IM5138
CE, (CCC)
143
LK3122
CE, CUL
265
IN5121
CE, (CCC)
151
LK3123
CE, CUL
265
IN5129
CE, (CCC)
151
LK3124
CE, CUL
265
IN5212
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
LK8122
CE, CUL
265
IN5224
CE, (CCC)
285
LK8123
CE, CUL
265
265
IN5225
CE, CUL, (CCC)
285
LK8124
CE, CUL
IN5230
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
LMT100
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
263
IN5327
CE, CUL, (CCC)
285
LMT110
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
263
IN5409
CE, (CCC)
285
LMT121
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
263
IS5001
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
LR3000
CE, CUL
267
IS5035
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
LR7000
CE, CUL
267
IS5070
CE, (CCC)
151
LR8000
CE, CUL
267
IS5071
CE, CUL, (CCC)
151
LT8022
CE, CUL
269
IY5029
CE, (CCC)
149
LT8023
CE, CUL
269
IY5036
CE, CUL, (CCC)
149
LT8024
CE, CUL
269
IY5045
CE, (CCC)
149
ME5010
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
IY5048
CE, CUL, (CCC)
149
MFS200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
IY5049
CE, CUL, (CCC)
149
MFS211
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
IY5051
CE, (CCC)
149
MGS200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
IY5052
CE, (CCC)
149
MGS204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
IZ5026
CE, CUL, (CCC)
149
MK5100
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
161
IZ5035
CE, CUL, (CCC)
149
MK5101
CE, CUL, (CCC)
IZ5051
CE, (CCC)
149
MK5102
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
IZ5052
CE, (CCC)
149
MK5104
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KF5001
CE, CUL
153
MK5106
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KF5002
CE, CUL
153
MK5107
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KG5066
CE, CUL
153
MK5108
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KG5071
CE, CUL
153
MK5109
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KI5083
CE, CUL
153
MK5115
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KI5085
CE, CUL
153
MK5116
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
KI5087
CE, CUL
153
MK5117
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
109
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
195
MK5121
CE, CUL, (CCC)
161
O5D101
CE, (CCC)
MK5138
CE, CUL, (CCC)
163
O5E500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
177
MK5139
CE, CUL, (CCC)
163
O5G500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
201
MK5140
CE, CUL, (CCC)
163
O5H500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
177
MK5159
CE, CUL, (CCC)
163
O5K500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
201
MK5301
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O5P500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
177
MK5302
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O5S500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
177
MK5310
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O7E200
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5311
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O7E201
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5312
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O7H200
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5314
CE, CUL, (CCC)
165
O7H202
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5326
CE, CUL, (CCC)
167
O7H204
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5328
CE, (CCC)
167
O7P200
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5330
CE, (CCC)
167
O7P201
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MK5331
CE, (CCC)
167
O7S200
CE, UL, (CCC)
179
MS5010
CE, CUL, (CCC)
159
OBF500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
199
O1D100
CE, CUL, (CCC)
193
OBF501
CE, CUL, (CCC)
199
O1D101
CE, CUL, (CCC)
193
OBF502
CE, CUL, (CCC)
199
199
O1D102
CE, CUL, (CCC)
193
OBF503
CE, CUL, (CCC)
O1D105
CE, CUL, (CCC)
193
OF5012
CE, CUL, (CCC)
169
O1D155
CE, CUL, (CCC)
193
OF5016
CE, CUL, (CCC)
169
O2D220
CE, CUL, (CCC)
205
OF5021
CE, CUL, (CCC)
169
O2D222
CE, CUL, (CCC)
205
OF5022
CE, CUL, (CCC)
169
O2D224
CE, CUL, (CCC)
205
OF5025
CE, CUL, (CCC)
169
169
O2D900
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OF5027
CE, CUL, (CCC)
O2D901
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OGE200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
O2D902
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OGE201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
O2D903
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OGE280
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2D904
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OGE281
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2D905
CE, CUL, (CCC)
209
OGE282
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2D906
CE, (CCC)
209
OGE500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
O2D907
CE, (CCC)
209
OGE501
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
O2D908
CE, (CCC)
209
OGE700
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
O2D910
CE, (CCC)
209
OGE701
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
171
O2D911
CE, (CCC)
209
OGH200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
O2D912
CE, (CCC)
209
OGH280
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2I100
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH281
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2I101
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH282
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2I102
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH283
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2I103
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
O2I104
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH502
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
O2I105
CE, CUL, (CCC)
309
OGH580
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2V100
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGH581
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2V102
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGH700
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
O2V104
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGP200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
O2V120
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGP201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
O2V122
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGP280
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O2V124
CE, CUL, (CCC)
207
OGP281
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O5C500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
201
OGP282
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
O5D100
CE, (CCC)
195
OGP283
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
110
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
191
OGP500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
OJ5152
CE, CUL, (CCC)
OGP501
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
OJ5154
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OGP503
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
OJ5158
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OGP700
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
OJ5185
CE, CUL, (CCC)
201
OGP701
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
OJ5186
CE, CUL, (CCC)
201
OGS200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
OJH200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OGS280
CE, CUL, (CCC)
175
OK5001
CCC, CE, CUL
197
OGS500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
OK5008
CCC, CE, CUL
197
185
OGS700
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
OPU200
CE, (CCC)
OGS701
CE, CUL, (CCC)
187
OPU201
CE, CUL, (CCC)
185
OGT200
CE, CUL, (CCC)
171
OPU202
CE, CUL, (CCC)
185
OGT500
CE, CUL, (CCC)
173
OPU203
CE, CUL, (CCC)
185
OJ5000
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OPU204
CE, CUL, (CCC)
185
OJ5004
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OPU205
CE, CUL, (CCC)
185
OJ5008
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OU5001
CCC, CE, CUL
197
OJ5009
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OU5002
CCC, CE, CUL
197
OJ5014
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OU5043
CCC, CE, CUL
197
OJ5022
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OU5044
CCC, CE, CUL
197
213
OJ5026
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY001S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
OJ5030
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY002S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5031
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY003S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5036
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY004S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5038
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY005S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5039
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY006S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
213
OJ5041
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY007S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
OJ5042
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY008S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5044
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY009S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5048
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY010S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
213
OJ5052
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OY041S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5054
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OY042S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5056
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OY043S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5058
CE, CUL, (CCC)
191
OY044S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5070
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY045S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5071
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY046S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
215
OJ5100
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY047S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
OJ5104
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY048S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5108
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY049S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5109
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY050S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5114
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY061S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5122
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY062S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
215
OJ5126
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY063S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
OJ5130
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY064S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5131
CE, CUL, (CCC)
181
OY065S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5136
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY066S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5138
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY067S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5139
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY068S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5141
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY069S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5142
CE, CUL, (CCC)
189
OY070S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
215
OJ5144
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY082S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
OJ5148
CE, CUL, (CCC)
183
OY083S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
111
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
233
OY084S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2450
CE
OY085S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2451
CE, CUL
233
OY086S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2452
CE, CUL
233
OY087S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2453
CE, CUL
233
OY088S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2454
CE, CUL, CRN
233
OY089S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2455
CE, CUL
233
OY090S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2456
CE, CUL
233
OY104S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2457
CE, CUL
233
OY105S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2894
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
OY106S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2897
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
OY107S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PG2898
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
OY108S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PK5520
CE, CUL
239
OY109S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PK5521
CE, CUL
239
OY110S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
217
PK5522
CE, CUL
239
OY114S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK5523
CE, CUL
239
OY115S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK5524
CE, CUL
239
OY116S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6220
CE, CUL
237
OY120S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6222
CE, CUL
237
OY121S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6224
CE, CUL, CRN
237
OY122S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6520
CE, CUL
237
OY901S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6521
CE, CUL
237
OY902S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6522
CE, CUL
237
OY903S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6523
CE, CUL
237
OY951S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK6524
CE, CUL, CRN
237
OY952S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK7520
CE, CUL
239
OY953S
CE, CUL, (CCC)
219
PK7521
CE, CUL
239
PA3020
CE, CUL
241
PK7522
CE, CUL
239
PA3021
CE, CUL
241
PK7523
CE
239
PA3022
CE, CUL
241
PK7524
CE, CUL
239
PA3023
CE, CUL
241
PL2654
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PA3024
CE, CUL
241
PL2657
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PA3026
CE, CUL
241
PL2658
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PA3027
CE, CUL
241
PN2009
CE, CUL
231
PA3028
CE, CUL
241
PN2020
CE, CUL
231
PA3029
CE, CUL
241
PN2021
CE, CUL
231
PA3060
CE
241
PN2022
CE, CUL
231
PA9020
CE, CUL
243
PN2023
CE, CUL
231
PA9021
CE
243
PN2024
CE, CUL
231
PA9022
CE, CUL
243
PN2026
CE, CUL
231
PA9023
CE, CUL
243
PN2027
CE, CUL
231
PA9024
CE, CUL
243
PN2028
CE, CUL
231
PA9026
CE, CUL
243
PN2209
CE, CUL
231
PA9027
CE, CUL
243
PN2220
CE, CUL
231
PA9028
CE, CUL
243
PN2221
CE, CUL
231
PA9029
CE, CUL
243
PN2222
CE, CUL
231
PA9060
CE
243
PN2223
CE, CUL
231
PF2654
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PN2224
CE, CUL, CRN
231
PF2657
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PN2226
CE, CUL
231
PF2658
CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA
235
PN2227
CE, CUL
231
PG2409
CE, CUL
233
PN2228
CE, CUL
231
112
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
249
PN3000
CE, CUL
229
PQ7809
CE, CUL
PN3001
CE, CUL
229
PQ7834
CE, CUL
249
PN3002
CE, CUL
229
PS7570
CE
245
PN3003
CE, CUL
229
SBU623
CE, CUL
257
PN3004
CE, CUL
229
SBU624
CE, CUL
257
PN3006
CE, CUL
229
SBY323
CE
257
PN3007
CE, CUL
229
SBY332
CE, CUL
257
PN3029
CE, CUL
229
SBY333
CE, CUL
257
PN3060
CE
229
SBY334
CE, CUL
257
PN5000
CE, CUL
223
SBY346
CE, CUL
257
PN5001
CE, CUL
223
SBY357
CE, CUL
257
PN5002
CE, CUL
223
SD2000
CE, CUL
259
PN5003
CE, CUL
223
SD5000
CE, CUL
259
PN5004
CE, CUL
223
SD5100
CE, CUL
259
PN5006
CE, CUL
223
SD6000
CE, CUL
259
PN5007
CE, CUL
223
SD6100
CE, CUL
259
PN5200
CE, CUL
223
SD8000
CE, CUL
259
PN5201
CE, CUL
223
SD9000
CE, CUL
259
PN5202
CE, CUL
223
SF5200
CUL
283
PN5203
CE, CUL
223
SF5300
CUL
283
PN5204
CE, CUL
223
SF5350
CUL
283
PN5206
CE, CUL
223
SI5000
CE, CUL
251
PN5207
CE, CUL
223
SI5002
CE, CUL
251
PN7000
CE, CUL
225
SI5004
CE, CUL, CRN
251
PN7001
CE, CUL
225
SI5006
CE, CUL, CRN
251
PN7002
CE, CUL
225
SI5007
CE, CUL
251
PN7003
CE, CUL
225
SI5010
CE, CUL, CRN
251
PN7004
CE, CUL
225
SM2000
CE, CUL
253
PN7006
CE, CUL
225
SM6000
CE, CUL
253
PN7007
CE, CUL
225
SM6004
CE, CUL
253
PN7009
CE, CUL
225
SM7000
CE, CUL
253
PN7060
CE
225
SM7004
CE, CUL
253
PN7200
CE, CUL
227
SM8000
CE, CUL
253
PN7201
CE, CUL
227
SM8004
CE, CUL
253
PN7202
CE, CUL
227
SN0150
CE, CUL
283
PN7203
CE, CUL
227
SR0150
CE, CUL
283
PN7204
CE, CUL, CRN
227
SR5900
CE, CUL
283
PN7206
CE, CUL
227
SU7000
CE, CUL
255
PN7207
CE, CUL
227
SU7200
CE, CUL
255
PN7209
CE, CUL
227
SU8000
CE, CUL
255
PN7300
CE
227
SU8200
CE, CUL
255
PN7302
CE
227
SU9000
CE, CUL
255
PN7303
CE
227
SU9004
CE, CUL
255
PN7304
CE
227
TK6130
CE, CUL
281
PNI021
CE
247
TK6330
CE, CUL
281
PNI022
CE
247
TK7130
CE, CUL
281
PNI023
CE
247
TK7330
CE, CUL
281
PNI024
CE
247
TK7480
CE, CUL
281
PQ0809
CE, CUL
249
TN2531
CE, CUL
279
PQ0834
CE, CUL
249
TN7531
CE, CUL
279
113
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
TP3231
CE, CUL
273, 275
TP3232
CE, CUL
273, 277
TP3233
CE, CUL
277
273, 275
TP3237
CE, CUL
TP9237
CE, CUL
277
TR2432
CE, CUL
271, 273
TR7432
CE, CUL
271, 273
TR8430
CE, CUL
271, 273
TS2051
CUL
273
TS2056
273
TS2251
273
TS2256
TT1050
273
CUL
275
TT1081
CUL
275
TT2050
CUL
275
TT2081
CUL
275
TT3050
CUL
275
TT3081
CUL
275
TT5050
CUL
275
TT5081
CUL
275
VES003
313
VKV021
CE, CUL
315
VKV022
CE, CUL
315
VSA001
CE, CUL
311, 313
311, 313
VSA002
CE, CUL
VSA004
CE, CUL
311, 313
VSA005
CE, CUL
311, 313
VSE002
CE, CUL
311, 313
VSE100
CE, CUL
311, 313
VTV122
CE, CUL
315
ZGS210
114
195
List of articles
115
ifm products
More than just sensors: ifm electronic offers a wide range of solutions for the automotive industry. On the following pages you will find an overview of all the
products summarised into categories. In addition to the system descriptions we will
also show you the most important features of the products. For more information
please visit us online at www.ifm.com
116
ifm products
Position sensors
118 - 201
Inductive sensors
Capacitive sensors
Magnetic sensors
Cylinder sensors
Photoelectric fork sensors / angle sensors
Fibre optic sensors
Photoelectric sensors for specific applications
118 - 151
152 - 157
158 - 159
160 - 167
168 - 183
184 - 185
186 - 195
196 - 199
200 - 201
Sensors for motion control
202 - 203
202 - 203
Industrial imaging
204 - 209
Vision sensors
Illumination
204 - 207
208 - 209
Safety technology
210 - 221

Safety light grids
Safety relays
210 - 211
212 - 217
218 - 219
220 - 221
Process sensors
222 - 285
Pressure sensors
Level sensors
Temperature sensors
Signal evaluation systems
Feedback systems for valves and valve actuators
222 - 249
250 - 259
260 - 269
270 - 281
282 - 283
284 - 285
Industrial communication
286 - 301
AS-Interface controllers / gateways

AS-Interface power supplies / earth fault monitors
AS-Interface AirBoxes for pneumatics
AS-Interface Safety at Work
286 - 287
288 - 289
290 - 295
296 - 297
298 - 301
Identification systems
302 - 309
RFID 125 kHz

RFID 13.56 MHz
RFID UHF
1D/2D code readers
302 - 303
304 - 305
306 - 307
308 - 309
Condition monitoring systems
310 - 317

Systems for oil quality monitoring
310 - 315
316 - 317
Connection technology
318 - 333
Sockets
Splitter boxes
318 - 329
330 - 333
Accessories
334 - 345
Accessories
334 - 345
Power supplies
346 - 347
Power supplies
346 - 347
117
For oils and

coolants
Inductive sensors
for machine tools
Resistant to aggressive oils
and coolants
Increased sensing range for higher uptime
Protection IP 68
Laser type label for permanent

identification of the unit
High shock and vibration resistance
Absolutely sealed
Long life is achieved due to a special design and additional
seals as well as the use of resistant materials such as PBT or
ceramics to ensure the protection against oils and coolants.
All units of this series (C series) feature the protection rating
IP 67 / IP 68 and the protection class II.
Long sensing range
The increased sensing range is ensured over the whole
temperature range. This provides better protection against
failures due to mechanical damage.
M12 connector
The connection is made via a robust M12 connector with
integrated, clearly visible 4-port LED for indication of the
switching status.
Application example: Eccentric monitoring
Future-proof details
ifm sensors have been designed for a service life of many
years. This is also reflected by the details. For example the
captive laser type label means the units can still be clearly
identified after years of use.
118
Inductive sensors
Sensors for oils and coolants with increased sensing range

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M12 connector Output function
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 50
2f
10...36
IP 67
1000
200
IE5381
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC204
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC206
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC205
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
400
100
IGC204
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
400
100
IGC206
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
300
100
IGC205
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC207
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC209
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC208
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
400
100
IGC207
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
400
100
IGC209
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
300
100
IGC208
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 4-wire
Socket angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 5 m
EVC005
Socket straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 5 m
EVC002
119
For oils and

coolants
Inductive sensors in 2-wire technology

for machine tools
Resistant to aggressive oils
and coolants
Protection IP 68

Absolutely sealed
Long life is achieved due to a special design and additional seals as well as the use
of resistant materials such as PBT or ceramics to ensure the protection against oils
and coolants. All units of this series (C series) feature the protection rating IP 67 /
IP 68 and the protection class II.
Long sensing range
The increased sensing range is ensured over the whole temperature range.
This provides better protection against failures due to mechanical damage.
M12 connector
The connection is made via a robust M12 connector with integrated, clearly visible
4-port LED for indication of the switching status.
ifm sensors have been designed for a service life of many years. This is also reflected
by the details. For example the captive laser type label means the units can still be
clearly identified after years of use.
Longer uptime due to

components adapted to each other.
120
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
700
100
IFC200
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 68
700
100
IFC201
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
400
100
IGC200
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 68
250
100
IGC201
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M12 / L = 60
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
100
IFC234
M12 / L = 60
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
500
100
IFC235
M18 / L = 70
8f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
400
100
IGC222
M30 / L = 70
15 f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
100
100
IIC208
M30 / L = 70
22 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 68
100
100
IIC209
3-wire DC PNP 2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M12 / L = 70
4f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
500
100
IFC210
M18 / L = 70
8f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
400
100
IGC210
121
For oils and

coolants
Inductive sensors
with 60 mm housing length
Load current 200 mA and supply
voltage 10...36 V DC
IP 67 / IP 68 as well as resistant to
oils and coolants
High vibration and shock resistance
Universal use
The sensors have the load current of 200 mA required by the automotive industry
and a connection voltage of 10...36 V DC. With a total length of 60 mm and
a thread area of 40 mm the sensors have been designed for universal use.
Absolutely sealed
Long life is achieved due to a special design and additional seals as well as the use
of a plastic which is resistant to oils, coolants and lubricants. All units of this series
(C series) feature the protection rating IP 67 / IP 68 and the protection class II.
Long sensing range
The increased sensing range is ensured over the whole temperature range. This
provides better protection against failures due to mechanical damage.
M12 connector
Standardised housing lengths allow

compact installation.
122
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
200
IFC229
M12 / L = 60
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
700
200
IFC230
M18 / L = 60
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
300
200
IGC220
M18 / L = 60
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
400
200
IGC221
M30 / L = 60
15 f
Brass
10...36
IP 68
100
200
IIC206
M30 / L = 60
22 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 68
100
200
IIC207
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
123
For oils and

coolants
Inductive sensors with K = 1

or selective metal detection
IP 67 / IP 68 as well as resistant to
oils and coolants
Sensors with constant sensing range
for all metals (correction factor = 1)
Extra-high switching frequency up to 2 kHz
Sensors with ferrous-only feature:

Only ferrous metals are detected
unit identification
Absolutely sealed
Long life is achieved due to a special design and additional seals, as well as the use
of a special plastic that is resistant to oil, coolants and lubricants.
Correction factor 1
The K=1 sensors have the same sensing range on all metals, i.e. the correction
factor is constantly 1.
Selective ferrous-only metal detection
The inductive new ferrous-only sensors only detect ferrous metals. Aluminium
chips which build up on the active face during the process and lead to incorrect
switching of conventional sensors are ignored due to this principle.
Sensing range
The increased sensing range is ensured across the whole temperature range, giving
better protection against failure due to mechanical damage.
M12 connector
Different metals are safely detected.
124
Inductive sensors
Sensors for oils and coolants with correction factor K = 1

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 65
1.5 f
10...30
IP 67
1000
200
IE5390
M8 / L = 65
4 nf
10...30
IP 67
1000
200
IE5391
10...36
IP 68
100
100
IFC264
M12 / L = 60
3-wire DC PNP
2.5 f
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 65
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 68
2000
200
IFC259
M18 / L = 65
5f
10...30
IP 68
2000
200
IGC232
M30 / L = 65
10 f
10...30
IP 68
1000
200
IIC218
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
Full metal sensors for oils and coolants with correction factor K = 0
Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
2.5 f
10...36
IP 68
100
100
IFC263
M18 / L = 70
4.5 f
10...36
IP 68
100
100
IGC249
125
For industrial
applications
Inductive M12 sensors

with long sensing ranges
Different housing length for almost

all applications
Safe and quick mounting
due to robust and reinforced housing
All sensors with robust M8 or
M12 connection
Long sensing range

better protection against failure due to mechanical damage. With M12 connection
the sensors allow to reach sensing ranges up to 4 or 7 mm. In practice this
corresponds to a value which is up to twice as high compared to standard sensors.
Plug-and-socket connection
The connection is made via a robust M8 or M12 connector with integrated, clearly
visible 4-port LED for indication of the switching status.
Short length
The housing length of the two short designs is only 46 mm (flush) and 51 mm (non
flush). The units can thus also be used where available space is extremely limited.
Long sensing ranges allow versatile use.
by the details.
For example the captive laser type label means the units can still be clearly identified
after years of use.
126
Inductive sensors
Sensors with increased sensing range for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IFS200
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IFS201
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS204
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS205
M12 / L = 70
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS212
M12 / L = 70
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS213
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 45
4f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS206
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS207
10...36
IP 67
700
100
IFS210
M12 / L = 46
3-wire DC PNP
4f
Brass
M12 / L = 70
4f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
500
100
IFS208
M12 / L = 70
7 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
500
100
IFS209
127
For industrial
applications

with long sensing ranges
Different housing lengths for

almost every application
Safe and quick mounting due to robust
and reinforced housing
All sensors have corrosion-resistant
M12 connectors
Long sensing range

better protection against failure due to mechanical damage. With M18 connection
the sensors allow to reach sensing ranges up to 8 or 12 mm. In practice this
corresponds to a value which is up to twice as high compared to standard sensors.
Plug-and-socket connection
Short length
The housing length of the two short designs is only 46 mm (flush) and 51 mm (non
flush). The units can thus also be used where available space is extremely limited.
by the details.
For example the captive laser type label means the units can still be clearly identified
after years of use.
128
Inductive sensors
Sensors with increased sensing range for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
300
100
IGS200
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
250
100
IGS201
3-wire DC PNP
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
400
100
IGS204
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
300
100
IGS205
M18 / L = 70
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
400
100
IGS212
M18 / L = 70
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
300
100
IGS213
3-wire DC PNP
M18 / L = 46
8f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
400
100
IGS206
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
300
100
IGS207
M18 / L = 70
8f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
400
100
IGS208
M18 / L = 70
12 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
300
100
IGS209
129
For hygienic
and wet areas

Wide temperature range of 0...100 C
Temperature shock resistant even in case

of frequent temperature fluctuations
High ingress protection:
IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K
Resistant to high-pressure cleaning and
aggressive cleaning agents
Wide temperature range

The permissible application range of the sensors covers 0 to 100 C. Furthermore,
the units are extremely resistant to temperature shocks, which is confirmed by tests.
High ingress protection
The sensors feature high ingress protection. This is evidenced by the protection
ratings IP 68 or IP 69 K. The ingress protection also applies to contact with aggressive
cleaning agents.
Increased sensing range
The increased sensing range is ensured over the whole temperature range.
In addition, the units have a setting display for easy adjustment.
Materials for highest demands
The sensor housing is reinforced and consists of high-grade stainless steel,
the front face is made of temperature-resistant PEEK plastic and the contacts of the
M12 connector are gold-plated.
130
Inductive sensors
Full-metal inductive sensors with increased sensing range

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 45
4f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
800
100
IFT203
M12 / L = 50
7 nf
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
800
100
IFT200
M18 / L = 46
8f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
600
100
IGT203
M18 / L = 51
12 nf
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
300
100
IGT200
M30 / L = 50
14 f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IIT205
M30 / L = 50
22 nf
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IIT200
M12 / L = 70
4f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
500
100
IFT205
M12 / L = 70
7 nf
10...30
IP 68 / IP 69K
700
100
IFT202
M18 / L = 70
8f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
400
100
IGT205
M18 / L = 70
12 nf
10...30
IP 68 / IP 69K
300
100
IGT202
M30 / L = 70
14 f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IIT204
M30 / L = 70
22 nf
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IIT202
131
For hygienic
and wet areas

Sensor housing and front face
of stainless steel
Wide temperature range of 0...100 C
Temperature shock resistant even in case

of frequent temperature fluctuations
High ingress protection:
IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K
Resistant to high-pressure cleaning and
aggressive cleaning agents
Materials
Both the threaded body and the sensing face of the housing
are made of stainless steel.
Wide temperature range
The permissible application range of the sensors covers
0 to 100 C. Furthermore, the units are exceptionally resistant
to temperature shocks.
Increased sensing ranges
The increased sensing ranges for non-flush installation give
you more safety in case of mechanical tolerances.
Ingress resistance in wet areas
The sensors for use up to 100 C undergo frequent cleaning
operations, temperature shocks and feature high resistance to
cleaning agents.
temperature shock test to EN 60068-2-14 Nc
artificial ageing in a 1000-hour long-term test to
EN 60068-2-14 Nb (temperature cycle test)
leak check using the steam boiler test
132
Inductive sensors
Full-metal inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
3f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IFT240
M12 / L = 70
6 nf
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
500
100
IFT245
M18 / L = 70
5f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
100
100
IGT247
M18 / L = 70
12 nf
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
500
100
IGT249
M30 / L = 70
10 f
10...36
IP 68 / IP 69K
50
100
IIT228
M30 / L = 70
25 nf
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
250
100
IIT231
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket straight Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 5 m

Housing materials: housing: PVC orange / sealing: EPDM
EVT001

EVT002
Socket angled Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 5 m

EVT004

EVT005
Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP

Housing materials: housing: PVC black transparent / sealing: EPDM
EVT007
133
For oils and

coolants
Full-metal inductive sensors

M8 to M30
Ideal for metalworking applications
Devices and connectors are

adapted for use in oils
Strong sensing face, resistant to impact
Vibration and shock resistant

Materials
For the one-piece housing the threaded body and the sensing
face are made of stainless steel.
Oils and coolants
Oils and coolants heavily impact the installed machine
components. The O-ring seal made of FKM combined with
the corresponding ecolink connector ensures high protection
against malfunctions.
Application tests
A series of tests qualified the sensors for use in harsh
environments:
vibration test
Robust sensors for use in harsh environments.
shock test
impact test
coolant test
134
Inductive sensors
Full metal sensors for oils and coolants

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M8 / L = 50
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
2f
10...36
IP 67
100
100
IEC201
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 60
2f
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
100
100
IEC200
M12 / L = 60
3f
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
100
100
IFC258
M18 / L = 70
5f
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
100
100
IGC248
M30 / L = 70
10 f
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
50
100
IIC224
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
135
For elektromagnetic fields
Full metal inductive sensors

for heavy duty
Ideal for metalworking applications
Non-stick coating against

weld spatter
Mechanically resistant to
impacts on the sensing face
Vibration and shock resistant

Materials
For the one-piece housing the threaded body and the sensing
face are made of stainless steel.
Use in welding applications
The non-stick coating allows weld spatter to roll off the sensor. The high temperature range of up to 85 C also enables
handling of critical applications.
Application tests
A series of tests qualified the sensors for use in harsh
environments:
vibration test
shock test
impact test
coolant test
Longer lifetime in welding applications

due to anti-adhesive coating.
136
Inductive sensors
Full metal sensors with non-stick coating against weld spatter

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 60
2f
10...36
IP 67 / IP 68
100
100
IER200
M12 / L = 60
4f
10...36
IP 67
100
IFR200
M18 / L = 70
6f
10...36
IP 67
100
IGR200
M30 / L = 70
12 f
10...36
IP 67
100
IIR200
Cable 0.3 m with M12 connector Output function
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M8 / L = 45
2f
10...36
IP 67
150
100
IER203
M12 / L = 40
4f
10...36
IP 67
75
100
IFR203
M12 / L = 40
4f
10...36
IP 67
75
100
IFR206
M18 / L = 40
6f
10...36
IP 67
50
100
IGR203
M18 / L = 40
6f
10...36
IP 67
50
100
IGR206
M30 / L = 40
12 f
10...36
IP 67
25
100
IIR203
M30 / L = 40
12 f
10...36
IP 67
25
100
IIR206
Cable 5 m Output function
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
M8 / L = 45
2f
10...36
IP 67
150
100
IER205
M12 / L = 40
4f
10...36
IP 67
75
100
IFR205
M18 / L = 40
6f
10...36
IP 67
50
100
IGR205
M30 / L = 40
12 f
10...36
IP 67
25
100
IIR205
137
Electromagnetic field immune inductive sensors

with K = 1
Designs: M12, M18, M30
Electromagnetic field immune:

suitable for all AC / DC and medium
frequency welding systems.
Cylindrical types with high

switching frequency
Resistant to weld slag due to
Duroplast cover and PTFE coating
Electromagnetic-field immune, resistant to weld slag

Due to the special coil structure the proximity sensors are
insensitive to interfering magnetic fields which occur during
the welding process. This makes them an optimum choice for
use in welding equipment. The sensing face is made of a
thermoset and the surface of the metal housing is PTFEcoated so that no weld slag adheres to the housing.
Correction factor = 1
No matter whether steel, aluminium, copper or other nonferrous metals: The K=1 sensors have the same sensing
range on all metals, i.e. the correction factor is constantly 1.
failures due to mechanical damage. In practice it corresponds
to a value up to twice as high compared to standard sensors.
138
The sensors
function
without problems
in welding
applications.
Inductive sensors
Electromagnetic field immune sensors with correction factor K = 1

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 65
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
4000
200
IFW200
M12 / L = 65
8 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
4000
200
IFW201
M18 / L = 65
5f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
2000
200
IGW200
M18 / L = 65
12 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
2000
200
IGW201
M30 / L = 65
10 f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
200
IIW200
M30 / L = 65
22 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
200
IIW201
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts For welding applications M12 connector 2 m
EVW001
EVW002
EVW004
EVW005
139
Electromagnetic field immune inductive sensors

with K = 1
Housing: rectangular, the sensing face
can be rotated to 5 different positions
Electromagnetic field immune:
suitable for all AC / DC and medium
frequency welding systems
Resistant to weld slag due to

Duroplast cover and PTFE coating
Electromagnetic-field immune, resistant to weld slag

Due to the special coil structure the proximity sensors are
insensitive to interfering magnetic fields which occur during
the welding process. This makes them an optimum choice
for use in welding equipment. The sensing face is made of a
thermoset and the surface of the metal housing is PTFEcoated so that no weld slag adheres to the housing.
Correction factor = 1
No matter whether steel, aluminium, copper or other nonferrous metals: the K=1 sensors have the same sensing
range on all metals, i.e. the correction factor is constantly
one.
failures due to mechanical damage. Compared to standard
sensors it corresponds to a value which in practice is up to
twice as high.
140
Inductive sensors
Sensors for industrial applications, rectangular housings

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5128
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5130
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5131
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5119
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5120
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5129
4-wire DC PNP
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5132
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5133
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67 / IP 69K
200
200
IM5135
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5124
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5125
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
200
200
IM5126
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVW002
EVW005
141
For industrial
applications
Inductive sensors
for conveying
Very long sensing ranges up to 60 mm
Different sizes for

demanding applications
M12 connector easy to mount and maintain
Versions in 3-wire and 4-wire technology
Type IM: sensing face in 5 positions freely

selectable, clearly visible corner LEDs
Applications
The inductive rectangular sensors are particularly suited for use in conveying.
Type IM
The two clearly visible LEDs of the inductive rectangular sensor IM (40 x 40 mm) can
be seen even under adverse installation conditions.
By loosening the adjusting screw, the sensing face can be rotated to 5 different
positions and thus be optimally adapted to your applications.
Long sensing ranges
The high sensing ranges are guaranteed over the complete temperature range. They
provide sufficient protection against mechanical damage ensuring higher machine
uptime.
142
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
15 f
15 f
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
IP 67
200
100
IM5137
10...36
IP 67
200
100
IM5138
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
PA (polyamide)
40 x 40 x 54
Protection
[V]
40 x 40 x 54
Ub
10...36
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
PA (polyamide)
3-wire DC PNP
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
100
200
IM5115
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
80
200
IM5116
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
60
200
IM5117
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
PPE
10...36
IP 67
70
250
ID5055
4-wire DC PNP
40 x 40 x 54
20 f
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
100
200
IM5123
40 x 40 x 54
35 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
80
200
IM5134
40 x 40 x 54
40 nf
PA (polyamide)
10...36
IP 67
60
200
IM5136
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
PPE
10...36
IP 67
70
250
ID5058
92 x 80 x 40
50 f
PPE
10...36
IP 67
70
250
ID5059
Terminals Output function
3-wire DC PNP
90 x 60 x 40
40 nf
PPE
10...36
IP 65
15
250
IC5005
105 x 80 x 40
60 nf
PPE
10...36
IP 65
100
250
ID5005
143
For industrial
applications
Small designs with M8 or
M12 connectors or cable connection
Different housing lengths for almost every
application
High switching frequencies up to 2,000 Hz
Application
M8 inductive sensors with short housing length are perfectly suited for applications
where space is at a premium.
Absolutely sealed
Long life is achieved due to a special design as well as the use of resistant materials
such as PBT or ceramics to ensure the protection against oils and coolants. The units
have protection rating IP 67.
Long sensing range
The sensing range is ensured over the entire temperature range. This provides better
protection against failures due to mechanical damage.
by the details. Due to the captive laser type label the units can for example still be
clearly identified after years of use.
M8 inductive sensors are perfectly suited for

applications where space is at a premium.
144
Inductive sensors
Sensors for industrial applications, threaded housings

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 53
1f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
750
200
IE5090
M8 / L = 62
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
1000
250
IE5312
M8 / L = 62
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
800
250
IE5318
M8 / L = 62
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
1000
250
IE5257
M8 / L = 62
4 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 67
300
200
IE5288
3-wire DC PNP
M8 / L = 50
1f
Brass
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
2000
200
IE5266
M8 / L = 50
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
1300
200
IE5287
M8 / L = 50
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 67
1000
250
IE5328
M8 / L = 52
4 nf
Brass
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
800
200
IE5329
Brass
10...36
IP 67
750
200
IE5072
M8 / L = 35
3-wire DC PNP
1f
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire
EVC145
145
For industrial
applications
Extra-short inductive M8 sensors

Extra-short design perfectly suited for
applications where space is at a premium
3 connection technologies selectable:
M8 connector, cable or pigtail
M8 connector for especially fast mounting
Flexible connection as 2 or 3-wire
Long sensing range

better protection against failure due to mechanical damage. With the M8 sensors
sensing ranges of 3 mm (flush) and 5 mm (non flush) can be reached. In practice
this corresponds to a value which is up to 3 times higher in comparison to standard
sensors.
Short length
M8 inductive sensors with extra-short housing length are perfectly suited for
Universal connection possibilities for type M8
The sensors can either be used as 2-wire or 3-wire units.
Three connections possible
You can select between M8 connections, 2 m PVC cable or 30 cm PVC cable with
potted M12 connection.
146
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
M8 / L = 40
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
100
IE5338
M8 / L = 40
5 nf
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IE5340
M8 / L = 40
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
100
IE5349
M8 / L = 40
5 nf
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
600
100
IE5350
Cable 0.3 m with M8 connector (snap-fit) Output function
M8 / L = 37
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
100
IE5344
M8 / L = 37
5 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IE5346
M8 / L = 37
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
100
IE5351
M8 / L = 37
5 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IE5352
M8 / L = 37
3f
Brass
10...30
IP 67
1000
100
IE5343
M8 / L = 37
5 nf
Brass
10...30
IP 67
700
100
IE5345
147
For industrial
applications
Small inductive
cylindrical designs
Ideal for applications where space is restricted
Three different designs: 3, 4, M5
Two different connection technologies:

M8 connector and cable
Long sensing range for more
plant uptime
Wide temperature range and high
switching frequencies up to 5,000 Hz
Short housing length

Thanks to their short housing length, the inductive sensors are perfectly suited for
M8 connector
A clearly visible 4-port LED for output status indication is integrated into the
M8-connector design.
High switching frequency
The small sensors reach switching frequencies of 5,000 Hz - and this over the whole
temperature range.
Increased tightening torque
During mounting the stainless steel housing allows a tightening torque which is up
to twice as high as for standard sensors.
Safe position detection

even where space is at a premium.
148
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M5 / L = 45
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...36
IP 65
2000
100
IY5036
M5 / L = 41
1.5 nf
stainless steel
10...30
IP 67
1800
100
IY5048
10...36
IP 65
2000
100
IY5045
M5 / L = 30
0.8 f
stainless steel
3-wire DC PNP
3-wire DC PNP
M5 / L = 23
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...30
IP 65
2000
100
IY5051
M5 / L = 23
1.2 f
stainless steel
10...30
IP 65
2000
100
IY5052
M5 / L = 30
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...36
IP 65
2000
100
IY5029
M5 / L = 27
1.5 nf
stainless steel
10...30
IP 67
1800
100
IY5049
Protection
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
Sensors with smooth sleeve for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
4 / L = 45
Material
Ub
[V]
3-wire DC PNP
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...36
IP 65
2000
100
IZ5035
3-wire DC PNP
4 / L = 23
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...30
IP 65
2000
100
IZ5051
4 / L = 23
1.2 f
stainless steel
10...30
IP 65
2000
100
IZ5052
4 / L = 30
0.8 f
stainless steel
10...36
IP 65
2000
100
IZ5026
149
For industrial
applications
Small inductive
rectangular designs
Ideal for applications where
space is restricted
Different sizes for special applications
Two different connection technologies:

M8 connector and cable
M8 connector for fast mounting
Quick, easy and flexible mounting

due to compact designs
Where space is at a premium

The small inductive rectangular sensors are particularly suited for use in applications
where space is at a premium, as can typically be found in robotics, assembly and
handling technology.
Connection
The user can select between units with connection cables or versions with
M8 connection on the unit. This allows particularly fast fitting of the sensor.
150
Inductive sensors

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
40 x 8 x 8
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 65
2000
250
IL5004
40 x 8 x 8
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 65
2000
250
IL5005
28 x 10 x 16
2f
PBT
10...36
IP 67
800
200
IS5035
28 x 10 x 16
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 67
2000
250
IS5071
40 x 12 x 26
2f
PBT
10...36
IP 67
1400
250
IN5230
40 x 12 x 26
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 65
1300
250
IN5212
3-wire DC PNP
40 x 12 x 26
2f
PBT
10...36
IP 67
1400
250
IN5121
40 x 12 x 26
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 67
1300
250
IN5129
40 x 8 x 8
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 65
2000
250
IL5002
40 x 8 x 8
2f
Brass
10...36
IP 65
2000
250
IL5003
28 x 10 x 16
2f
PBT
10...36
IP 67
800
200
IS5001
28 x 10 x 16
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 67
2000
250
IS5070
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC144
EVC145
151
For industrial
applications
Capacitive sensors
Detection of metal and non-metal
materials
Easy setting of the switch point
by pressing a pushbutton or
turning a potentiometer
Automatic detection of PNP
or NPN output loads
NO / NC selectable
Clearly visible indication of the

switching status
Capacitive sensors
Capacitive sensors are used for the non-contact detection of any objects as well as
for level monitoring. In contrast to inductive sensors, which only detect metallic
objects, capacitive sensors can also detect non-metallic materials.
Set-up
The user can set the sensitivity via potentiometer or teach button. For sensors with
teach function the output function NO or NC as well as the switch point are set by
pressing the two buttons. The automatic detection of a PNP or NPN load, the variable
setting of the switching function and the fast connection via connector facilitate the
set-up and reduce the number of different versions.
Application
Capacitive sensors which are optimised for media with a dielectric constant below
20 (DK < 20) monitor the levels of dry bulk material and liquids (e.g. oils, plastic
granulates) in pipes and in silos or through sight glasses.
Capacitive sensors guarantee the safe

detection of liquids as well as non-metallic
materials.
152
Capacitive sensors
Sensors for industrial applications, DC

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
4f
10...36
IP 65
50
100
KF5001
M12 / L = 61
8 nf
10...36
IP 65
50
100
KF5002
3-wire DC PNP
M30 / L = 90
8f
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KI5085
M30 / L = 90
15 nf
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KI5087
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
10
200
KG5071
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
Sensors for the detection of conductive media through a wall, DC

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
M18 / L = 87
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
3-wire DC PNP
8 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
Sensors for the detection of granulates for the plastics industry, DC

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
3-wire DC PNP
M18 / L = 87
12 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
10
200
KG5066
M30 / L = 90
20 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 65 / IP 67
10
200
KI5083
153
For industrial
applications
Capacitive sensors
for flush installation
Easy adjustment by pressing
a pushbutton
Automatic detection of PNP
or NPN output loads
NO/NC selectable
Clearly visible indication of the

switching status
Easy mounting via fixing straps
Application
Capacitive sensors detect bulk materials or liquids through
non-metallic materials. The capacitive sensors of the KQ series
can either be fixed on a flat surface or on tubes using
mounting brackets and cable ties.
Using optional accessories the sensors can be integrated into
a wide range of applications in a flexible and time-saving
way.
Set-up
The new operating concept enables setting and adjustment
of the output function by pressing just one pushbutton. The
automatic detection of the load simplifies the connection to
common controllers.
154
Easy mounting
of the sensors to
detect the
desired level.
Capacitive sensors
Sensors for the detection of conductive media through a wall

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
20 x 14 x 48
12 nf
PBT
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KQ6001
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KQ6002
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KQ6004
IP 65 / IP 67
10
100
KQ6005
3-wire DC PNP
12 nf
PBT
12 nf
3-wire DC PNP
PBT
20 x 14 x 48
Protection
[V]
20 x 14 x 48
Ub
3-wire Automatic load detection PNP/NPN
20 x 14 x 48
Material
12 nf
10...30
3-wire DC PNP
PBT
10...30
Accessories mounting components

Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting adapter for free-standing mounting for type KQ5, KQ6

Housing materials: adapter: PBT / inserts: Brass / screw: steel galvanised
E12153
Mounting adapter Pipe and tube installation KQ5 / KQ6 with cable ties Fixing of the types KQ5 and KQ6 to pipes and tubes
Housing materials: Mounting adapter: PA 12 black
E12163
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
155
For industrial
applications
Capacitive touch sensors

for installation on walls
Non-contact switching, no pressure
necessary, wear and tear-free
Optical feedback by LEDs in case of
switching
Oil-resistant, protection rating IP 69K,
impact and scratch resistant
Easy wiring thanks to tried-and-tested
3-wire technology
Reliable operation
The capacitive measuring principle detects an approaching human hand.
Dynamic touch sensors suppress interference such as water, layers of ice or foreign
bodies to a large extent. However, a gloved hand will still trigger them.
Static touch sensors detect hands and objects for as long as the sensing face is
damped.
Touch sensors also work through glass. Compared to mechanical switches the sensors operate without wear. Since they react to contact, no pressure is required for
activation This means considerably increased ease of use.
The green LEDs can be controlled separately and for example be used to indicate
the status of plant and machinery.
Mounting options
Three common M4 cylinder head bolts or tapping screws of 3.9 mm diameter are
required to mount the sensor on a wall.
156
Activation of a process as long as the hand

touches the sensor.
Capacitive sensors
Dynamic capacitive touch sensors

Type
Ub
Iload
Current
consumption
Ambient
temperature
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
[C]
24
24
500
Protection
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
30
-40...85
IP 69K
KT5002
30
-40...85
IP 69K
KT5001
Protection
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
500
Static capacitive touch sensors

Type
Ub
Iload
Current
consumption
Ambient
temperature
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
[C]
24
24
500
3-wire DC PNP
30
-40...85
IP 69K
KT5006
30
-40...85
IP 69K
KT5005
3-wire DC PNP
500
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC150
EVC151
EVC153
EVC154
157
For industrial
applications
Magnetic sensors
Long sensing ranges also through nonmagnetisable metals
No mutual interference of the sensors
Temperature-stable and reproducible

switch point
Full-metal housing: Impact, shock
and vibration-resistant
Demanding applications
Due to their operating principle, magnetic sensors can detect special targets
(permanent magnets) through all non-magnetisable materials and thus be mounted
behind covers made of stainless steel, non-ferrous metal, plastics, wood or glass
which ensures inexpensive and fast mounting. There is no need for bore holes or
flush installation.
Long sensing range
Magnetic sensors have a similar operating principle as inductive sensors. They detect
damping magnets without contact. Due to this operating principle an extremely
high sensing range can also be achieved with smaller types.
High switching frequency
ifm sensors reach a switching frequency of more than 5,000 Hz. This high switching
frequency applies to the whole temperature range.
Mechanically demanding applications
Thanks to the tolerant response behaviour, reliable switch-point detection is also
ensured with high mechanical tolerances.
Magnetic sensors provide long

sensing ranges.
158
Magnetic sensors
Sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
Iload
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
28 x 10 x 16
60
PBT
10...30
IP 67
5000
200
MS5010
M8 / L = 60
60
stainless steel (316L)
10...30
IP 67
5000
200
ME5010
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
60
10...30
IP 67
5000
200
MFS200
M18 / L = 60
70
stainless steel
10...30
IP 67
5000
200
MGS200
Ub
Protection
Iload
Order
no.
[Hz]
[mA]
Full metal sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
[V]
3-wire DC PNP
M12 / L = 60
60
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
5000
200
MFS211
M18 / L = 60
70
10...30
IP 65 / IP 67
5000
200
MGS204
Accessories damping magnets

Type
Description
Order
no.
Damping magnet M 3.0 Housing materials: Barium ferrite
E10751
Damping magnet M 5.0 Housing materials: Barium ferrite
E10753
159
For industrial
applications
T-slot cylinder sensors

Self-locking fixture for quick mounting
and easy adjustment
Convenient: Easy fit 'drop from the
top' into a T-slot
Unit versions available with connection
cable and M8 or M12 cable plug
Moulded cable ensuring very good
strain relief
Ingress protection in all applications
due to the high protection rating
Quick adjustment and easy mounting

The cylinder sensor can be easily inserted from above into the
T-slot where it clicks home due to the innovative clamping
mechanism. For easy switch point positioning the sensor
can be moved in the slot until it is fixed definitely using the
slotted / hexagonal socket screw.
Robust design and good fixing
Since the sensor is completely surrounded by the slot there is
no room for mechanical damage. The fixing at the end of the
sensor reduces leverage and provides better protection
against inadvertent tear-out or switch point change.
Different versions for your application
The sensor is suited for the common T-slot cylinders. Tailormade accessories enable mounting on different cylinder
types such us trapezoidal slot, tie-rod, clean-line or integrated
profile cylinders.
160
Cylinder sensors
T-slot sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
Protection
Iload
Ta
[mA]
[C]
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
200
-25...85
MK5115
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5100
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
200
-25...85
MK5117
25 x 5 x 6.5
3-wire DC PNP
PA (polyamide)
3-wire DC PNP
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
200
-25...85
MK5108
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5107
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5102
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
10000
3-wire DC PNP
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
200
-25...85
MK5106
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5101
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5121
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5116
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5109
100
-25...85
MK5104
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
Cable 1 m with M12 connector Output function
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
10...30
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
10...30
4000
2-wire DC PNP/NPN
4000
IP 65 / IP 67
161
For industrial
applications
T-slot cylinder sensors

for short-stroke cylinders
Short travel distance for high-precision
position detection
Exact position detection thanks to
a very small hysteresis of 1 mm
Reliable detection of weak magnetic
fields
Convenient: Easy fit 'drop from the top'
into a slot
Only 25 mm length sensor for many
cylinder sizes
AMR cell for the sensitive touch

The new cylinder sensors use an AMR sensing element. This operates to the magnetoresistive principle. The AMR cell has an extremely sensitive reaction to magnetic
fields. So the sensors can be used wherever exact position detection and small
hysteresis are important (e.g. short-stroke cylinders).
The sensor is immediately locked in the slot by its self-locking mechanism. The
moulded cable and fixing point additionally provide incomparable strain relief.
Adapter for almost any cylinder profile
Thanks to the wide selection of adapter accessories the T-slot sensor can be fixed to
almost every clean-line, tie rod, integrated profile or trapezoidal slot cylinder.
162
Cylinder sensors
T-slot sensors for short-stroke cylinders

Type
Dimensions
Material
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
10...30
6000
[mm]
25 x 5 x 6.5
PA (polyamide)
PA (polyamide)
25 x 5 x 6.5
Ta
Order
no.
[mA]
[C]
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5140
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5139
PA (polyamide)
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5159
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5138
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
PA (polyamide)
6000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
25 x 5 x 6.5
Iload
3-wire DC PNP
25 x 5 x 6.5
Protection
6000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
6000
Adapters for trapezoidal slot cylinders

Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter for trapezoidal slot cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors)
Housing materials: aluminium alloy / set screw: stainless steel
E11796
Adapter for tie rod / integrated profile cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) Clamping range 5...11 mm
Housing materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11797
Adapter for tie rod / integrated profile cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) Clamping range 9...15 mm
Housing materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11799
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders Piston diameter 16...20 mm for type MKT
Housing materials: adapter: PA / Fixing strap: stainless steel
E11817
E11818
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders Piston diameter 40 mm for type MKT
E11819
163
For industrial
applications
Extremely short
C-slot cylinder sensors
Self-clamping fixture for easy adjustment
and quick mounting
into a C-slot
Unit versions available with connection
cable and cable plug
Moulded cable ensuring very good strain
relief
Suitable for the most common C-slots
Quick adjustment and easy mounting

The cylinder switch is suited for small parallel grippers and short-stroke cylinders
with C-slot. Due to the height of only 5 mm it can be flush-mounted in the most
common C-slots from above and is largely protected against damage.
A 17.5 mm short version is available for miniature grippers. The sensor is inserted
into the slot where it is held in position by a clamping mechanism. The moulded
cable at the end of the cylinder switch provides excellent strain relief.
Long life
Non-contact sensors virtually work without wear and often achieve a longer life
than Reed switches. This saves expensive repair and downtimes.
Safe detection of the end positions even for

short cylinders.
164
Cylinder sensors
Non flush C-slot sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Material
Iload
Ta
[mA]
[C]
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5301
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5302
Ub
Protection
Iload
Ta
Order
no.
[V]
[Hz]
[mA]
[C]
10...30
10000
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5312
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5310
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5311
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5314
[mm]
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7
PA (polyamide)
17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7
PA (polyamide)
Protection
Order
no.
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
10000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
Flush C-slot sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
25.8 x 2.8 x 5
3-wire DC PNP
PA (polyamide)
25.8 x 2.8 x 5
PA (polyamide)
25.8 x 2.8 x 5
PA (polyamide)
25.8 x 2.8 x 5
PA (polyamide)
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
10000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
10000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
10000
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
165
For industrial
applications
C-slot cylinder sensors

for short-stroke cylinders
Precise switch point detection because of
the very small hysteresis of 1 mm
Short travel distance of 5 mm for highprecision position detection
Reliable detection of weak magnetic fields

into a slot
Available as 25.8 mm flat, flush
or 17.5 mm short housing
AMR cell for the sensitive touch

The new C-slot cylinder sensors use now an AMR sensing element. This operates to
the magnetoresistive principle. The AMR element reacts extremely sensitively to
changes of magnetic fields. This results in accurate switch point detection, which is
in particular important for short-stroke cylinders.
The sensor is immediately locked in the C-slot by its self-locking mechanism. The
moulded cable and fixing point additionally provide incomparable strain relief.
Two tried-and-tested housings
The user can choose between a 17.5 mm short, non flush housing and a 25.8 mm
flat, flush housing.
Exact switch point detection

on short-stroke cylinders
166
Cylinder sensors
C-slot sensors for short-stroke cylinders

Type
Dimensions
Material
[mm]
Ub
[V]
[Hz]
17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7
PA (polyamide)
17.5 x 2.8 x 7.7
PA (polyamide)
PA (polyamide)
26.1 x 2.8 x 5.5
PA (polyamide)
Iload
Ta
Order
no.
[mA]
[C]
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5330
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5331
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5326
IP 65 / IP 67
100
-25...85
MK5328
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
5000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
25.8 x 2.8 x 5
Protection
5000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
5000
3-wire DC PNP
10...30
5000
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
T-slot adapter for C-slot sensor for types MKC (C-slot cylinder sensor) for installation in T-slot cylinders (height 7.7 mm)
Housing materials: diecast zinc / fixing element: stainless steel
E11914
T-slot adapter for C-slot sensor for types MKC (C-slot cylinder sensor) for installation in T-slot cylinders (height 5 mm)
Housing materials: diecast zinc / fixing element: stainless steel
E11928
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
splitter box M8, 3-pole, LED
Splitter box 8 way Gold-plated contacts Cable 5 m Housing materials: PBT-GF 20 / Brass nickel-plated
EBC054
EVC141
167
For industrial
applications
Photoelectric M12 sensors

robust and universal
Available as through-beam, retro-reflective
and diffuse reflection sensor
Metal housing for robust applications
Adjustable ranges
LED display to check operation, switching

status and function
Wide range of system components
for easy and secure mounting
Photocell in M12 housing

The robust metal housing as well as the common M12 threaded design also allow
use in a rough industrial environment. In addition, the M12 photocell features easy
fixing, alignment and handling.
Function check output
In case of a short-circuit of the switching output, faulty object detection
(maladjustment, soiling of the lenses) or an internal failure, the function check output is set. The LEDs on the sensor indicate the type of failure.
Setting sensitivity
The setting sensitivity allows easy and precise adjustment using the potentiometer.
Safe detection of transported parts on

a conveyor belt.
168
Photoelectric sensors
for general applications
Cylindrical OF housing (M12) BasicLine

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC metal IP65

Diffuse reflection sensor
1...200 mm
Infrared
92
H/D PNP
OF5012
1...400 mm
Infrared
185
H/D PNP
OF5027
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC metal IP65

Retro-reflective sensor
0.05...2 m
Infrared
140
H/D PNP
OF5016
Polarisation filter
0.2...0.8 m
Red
70
H/D PNP
OF5025
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC metal IP65
Transmitter
4m
Infrared
700
OF5021
Receiver
4m
Infrared
H/D PNP
OF5022
Prismatic reflectors, reflective tape and fixing components

Type
Description
Order
no.
Prismatic reflector 80 mm round For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors
Housing materials: plastics
E20005
Prismatic reflector 45 x 28 mm rectangular For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors
E20452
Mounting set 12.2 mm Clamp mounting free-standing M8 for type OF, IF

Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: diecast zinc
E20860

E20856
clamp 14 mm; M12 free-standing M12 Housing materials: clamp: diecast zinc
E20796
169
For industrial
applications
Photoelectric M18 sensors

robust and universal
Long ranges
Robust high-grade stainless steel housing

for harsh environments
Available as through-beam, retro-reflective
and diffuse reflection sensor
Diffuse reflection sensor with adjustable
background suppression
Universal mounting using system
components and mounting accessories
All-round photocell
High-quality technology, extraordinary features and an outstanding price / performance ratio make this sensor suitable
for almost all industrial areas. The robust high-grade stainless
steel housing and the common M18 threaded type also allow
use in a rough industrial environment.
Variants
For use in standard applications through-beam and retroreflective sensors with polarisation filter without setting
options are available. The diffuse reflection sensors with
background suppression can be easily and precisely adapted
to your application using the potentiometer.
A safe solution in
every application.
170
Cylindrical housing OG (M18) BasicLine

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP65
2...600 mm
Red
50
H PNP
OGT200
15...250 mm
Red
21
H PNP
OGH200
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP67

Polarisation filter
0.03...4 m
Red
160
D PNP
OGP200
Polarisation filter
0.03...4 m
Red
160
H PNP
OGP201
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP67

Transmitter
20 m
Red
800
OGS200
Receiver
20 m
Red
D PNP
OGE200
Receiver
20 m
Red
H PNP
OGE201

Type
Description
Order
no.
E20005
E20452
Mounting set 18.5 mm Clamp mounting Free-standing M10 for type OG, IG, KG
Housing materials: clamp: diecast zinc / fixture: steel
E20718
E20719
Mounting set 18.5 mm Clamp mounting rod mounting 12 mm for type OG, IG, KG
E20720
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
171
For industrial
applications
High-performance M18 photocell

Extremely long ranges
Robust high-grade stainless steel

housing for harsh environments
Available as through-beam, retroreflective and diffuse reflection sensor
Teach mode for simple and precise
adjustment to the application
High-performance photocell
High-quality technology, extraordinary features and an outstanding price / performance ratio make this sensor suitable
for all industrial areas. The extremely long ranges allow use in
many applications.
Highest precision and simple handling
The innovative teach mode allows optimum setting of the
sensors in no time. This is high-tech for the high demands of
industry on robustness and precision implemented in a userfriendly and low-cost version with excellent performance.
Individual setting
depending on the
application
requirements.
172
Cylindrical housing OG (M18) PerformanceLine

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP67
2...800 mm
Red
66
H/D PNP
OGT500
15...300 mm
Red
25
H/D PNP
OGH500
15...300 mm
Red
25
H/D NPN
OGH502
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP67

Polarisation filter
0.03...5 m
Red
200
H/D PNP
OGP500
Polarisation filter
0.03...5 m
Red
200
H/D PNP
OGP501
Polarisation filter
0.03...5 m
Red
200
H/D NPN
OGP503
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP67
Transmitter
25 m
Red
1000
OGS500
Receiver
25 m
Red
H/D PNP
OGE500
Receiver
25 m
Red
H/D PNP
OGE501

Type
Description
Order
no.
E20005
E20452
E20718
E20719
E20720
173
For industrial
applications
Photoelectric sensor
in metal housing with M18 thread
Small, compact and robust:
a high performance sensor
Excellent quality at an attractive price
Through-beam and retro-reflective

sensors and diffuse reflection sensors
with background suppression
Easy teach mode for fast
set-up
Universal mounting and large selection
of fixing accessories
New design: OG-Cube

This sensor was developed for use in harsh industrial environments. The tried-andtested technology of the well-known OG series is now integrated in a stable,
rectangular metal housing.
Long ranges, small design
The photoelectric sensors are distinguished by long ranges of 4 m for retroreflective sensors and 200 mm for diffuse reflection sensors. Together with the
small housing design both features provide more flexibility for the construction
of plant and machinery.
Time-savings during installation and set-up
The teach mode and the extensive range of fixing components ensure fast and
cost-saving installation.
174
Compact design for applications in harsh

environments.
Rectangular housing OG (M18)

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...30 DC metal IP67

100 mm
Red
H PNP
OGH280
200 mm
Red
13
H PNP
OGH281
100 mm
Red
H NPN
OGH282
200 mm
Red
13
H NPN
OGH283
15...200 mm
Red
13
H/D PNP
OGH580
15...200 mm
Red
13
H/D NPN
OGH581
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...30 DC metal IP67

Polarisation filter
0.1...4 m
Red
160
D PNP
OGP280
Polarisation filter
0.1...4 m
Red
160
H PNP
OGP281
Polarisation filter
0.1...4 m
Red
160
D NPN
OGP282
Polarisation filter
0.1...4 m
Red
160
H NPN
OGP283
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...30 DC metal IP67

Transmitter
20 m
Red
800
OGS280
Receiver
20 m
Red
D PNP
OGE280
Receiver
20 m
Red
H PNP
OGE281
Receiver
20 m
Red
D NPN
OGE282

Type
Description
Order
no.
E20005
E20452
E20720
175
For industrial
applications
O5 photocells
for conveying
Extremely long ranges
Reliable background suppression
Easy setting of ON and

OFF state by pushbuttons
Versions with fixed setting or
with potentiometer available
All-round photocell
High-quality technology, extraordinary features and an outstanding price / performance ratio allow use of this sensor in
almost all industrial areas. Easy installation is ensured by a
clever mounting concept, with special fixtures as well as an
adapter plate. The plug can be rotated by 270 so that it can
be aligned in any direction.
Versions without setting options
For use in standard applications.
Versions with potentiometer
For easy setting and simple applications.
Versions with teach function
This innovative setting method makes complicated programming unnecessary. The unit features one button each for
setting a precise on and off state.
176
Rectangular housing O5 PerformanceLine

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Red
50
H/D PNP
O5H500
Red
250
H/D PNP
O5P500
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC plastics IP67
50...1800 mm
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC plastics IP67
Polarisation filter
0.075...10 m
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC plastics IP67

Transmitter
25 m
Red
625
O5S500
Receiver
25 m
Red
H/D PNP
O5E500

Type
Description
Order
no.
E21084

E21083
Angle bracket for type O5 Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E21087
E21085
177
For industrial
applications
O7 small powerful
photoelectric sensors
Ideal for position detection in feeding
and handling
Through-beam, retro-reflective and diffuse
reflection sensors with fixed setting
Visible red light for an easy alignment
Diffuse reflection sensor with precise

Small light spot for detecting small objects
Applications
Whenever there is little space for sensors or when small parts
are to be detected, the small photoelectric sensors of the O7
series are the ideal problem solvers. Typical applications are
feeding and handling technology.
Advantages
The small light spot and the narrow light cone enable the
detection of small objects even over long distances. With their
fixed setting, the sensors are ready for operation immediately
after installation (plug & play). Diffuse reflection sensors with
background suppression with 30, 50 or 100 mm range are
available. Visible red light allows fast and simple alignment.
178
Rectangular housing O7 BasicLine

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor Cable 0.2 m with M8 connector 10...30 DC plastics IP65
1...30 mm
Red
2.5
H PNP
O7H200
0...50 mm
Red
2.5
H PNP
O7H202
0...100 mm
Red
H PNP
O7H204
Retro-reflective sensor Cable 0.2 m with M8 connector 10...30 DC plastics IP65

Polarisation filter
0.03...1 m
Red
55
D PNP
O7P200
Polarisation filter
0.03...1 m
Red
55
H PNP
O7P201
Through-beam sensor Cable 0.2 m with M8 connector 10...30 DC plastics IP65
Transmitter
0...1.5 m
Red
90
O7S200
Receiver
0...1.5 m
Red
D PNP
O7E200
Receiver
0...1.5 m
Red
H PNP
O7E201

Type
Description
Order
no.
Housing materials: front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20744
Mounting set O7 Clamp mounting rod mounting 10 mm

Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel / screw: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel
E21237
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC142
EVC145
179
For industrial
applications
OJ photoelectric sensors for assembly

and handling technology
and handling
Through-beam and retro-reflective
sensors with adjustable range
Visible red light facilitates
alignment during mounting
High switching frequency for fast
processes
Mounting via snap-in technology
or fixing holes
Applications
Whenever there is little space for sensors or when small parts are to be detected,
the small photoelectric sensors of the OJ series are the ideal problem solvers. Typical
applications are assembly and handling technology.
Quick and easy mounting
The OJ50xx series is mounted using the innovative snap-in technology. The sensor is
pushed into the guides of the fixture until the spring clicks home.
The units of the OJ51xx series have two fixing holes on the side for mounting. It
allows quick mounting of the sensor by means of fixing holes reinforced with
stainless steel sleeves, without requiring additional accessories.
Visible red light
All sensors operate with visible red light which considerably facilitates alignment
during installation and set-up.
180
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.

Transmitter
10 m
Red
1000
OJ5030
Receiver
10 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5031
Transmitter
10 m
Red
1000
OJ5130
Receiver
10 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5131
Polarisation filter
0...2 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5026
Polarisation filter
0...2 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5126
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, front sensing face

Type
Operating principle
Range

Transmitter
10 m
Red
1000
OJ5008
Receiver
10 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5009
Transmitter
10 m
Red
1000
OJ5108
Receiver
10 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5109
Polarisation filter
0...2 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5004
Polarisation filter
0...2 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5104
181
For industrial
applications
OJ diffuse reflection sensor

and handling
Precise background suppression
for a reliable function
Visible red light facilitates
alignment during mounting
High switching frequency for
fast processes
or fixing holes
With electronic background suppression the sensors can be set to ensure precise
and safe detection of objects with various surfaces independently of any
background.
The OJ50xx series is mounted using the innovative snap-in technology. The sensor is
pushed into the guides of the fixture until the spring clicks home.
Visible red light
All sensors operate with visible red light which considerably facilitates alignment
during installation and set-up.
Flexible and easy setting

of the detection zone.
182
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.

1...600 mm
Red
60
H/D PNP
OJ5022
1...1000 mm
Infrared
150
H/D PNP
OJ5071
15...400 mm
Red
< 18
H/D PNP
OJ5048
1...600 mm
Red
60
H/D PNP
OJ5122
100 mm
Red
< 13
H PNP
OJH200
15...400 mm
Red
< 18
H/D PNP
OJ5148
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, front sensing face

Type
Operating principle
Range

1...600 mm
Red
60
H/D PNP
OJ5000
1...1000 mm
Infrared
150
H/D PNP
OJ5070
15...400 mm
Red
< 18
H/D PNP
OJ5044
1...600 mm
Red
60
H/D PNP
OJ5100
15...400 mm
Red
< 18
H/D PNP
OJ5144
Accessories OJ housing
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set OJ for side lens Clamp mounting free-standing M8

E20968
Swivel-mount clip for type OJ Housing materials: diecast zinc
E20974
Angle bracket for type OJ Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel
E20984
183
For industrial
applications
Robust photoelectric fork sensors

with high switching frequency
Metal housing reduces distortion
Quick set-up, transmitter and

receiver setting not necessary
Easy sensitivity setting via potentiometer
Light-on / dark-on mode selectable

via rotary switch
Fine and precise light beam across
the whole fork width
Optical sensors in new designs

The new ifm units with robust metal housing resist distortion compared to
conventional plastic forks. Compared to through-beam sensors, their advantage is
that the time-consuming alignment of transmitter and receiver is not necessary.
These optical sensors are used in particular for part monitoring in feeder and handling systems. Further application examples are belt edge or double feed monitoring
with the exact sensitivity setting via potentiometer being very helpful. The fine light
beam with its constant small diameter is also ideal for monitoring shaft imbalance.
Precise detection of screws

in feeder systems.
184
Photoelectric fork sensors /

angle sensors
Optical fork sensors

Type
Fork width
(w)
Fork depth
(d)
[mm]
[mm]
Smallest
detectable
object
[mm]
Switching
frequency
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
[Hz]
Ub
Order
no.
[V]
Optical fork sensor M8 connector 10...35 DC metal IP67
10
17
0.3
10000
H/D PNP/NPN
10...35
OPU200
20
25
0.4
4000
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU201
30
35
0.5
4000
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU202
50
55
0.5
4000
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU203
80
55
0.5
4000
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU204
120
60
0.8
2000
H/D PNP
10...35
OPU205
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC141
EVC142
EVC144
EVC145
185
For industrial
applications
M18 laser sensors for highest

precision for small objects
Reliable detection even of tiny objects
up to 1.5 mm
Quality and precision at an unbeatable
price
Visible laser light spot for a simple sensor
alignment
Setting process saves time and cost
during set-up
Precise background suppression for
a reliable function
Highly precise laser sensors

Even tiny objects are reliably detected thanks to the laser technology. The sensor
set-up is very user-friendly: the visible laser spot and the new teach method enable
optimum sensor setting in no time. Using the new OG type laser sensors price is no
longer an issue.
Variants
This series covers powerful through-beam systems, retro-reflective sensors with
polarisation filter and diffuse reflection sensors with background suppression for
demanding applications frequently found in assembly and handling technology.
All sensors have a robust stainless steel housing.
The precise laser beam allows the

detection of objects even through tiny
openings.
186
Laser sensors /
distance measurement sensors
Cylindrical OG housing (M18) Laser PerformanceLine, laser class 1

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
H/D PNP
OGH700
Diffuse reflection sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP65 / IP67
20...200 mm
Red
1.2
Retro-reflective sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP65 / IP67
Polarisation filter
0.2...15 m
Red
78
H/D PNP
OGP700
Polarisation filter
0.2...2 m
Red
H/D PNP
OGP701
Through-beam sensor M12 connector 10...36 DC high-grade stainless steel IP65 / IP67
Transmitter
60 m
Red
312
OGS700
Transmitter
2m
Red
OGS701
Receiver
60 m
Red
H/D PNP
OGE700
Receiver
2m
Red
H/D PNP
OGE701
Prismatic reflector (Hygienic and wet areas)

Type
Description
Order
no.
Prismatic reflector 50 x 50 mm rectangular for retro-reflective laser sensors and glass and film detection
E20722
Prismatic reflector 30 x 20 mm rectangular for retro-reflective laser sensors Housing materials: front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20994
Prismatic reflector 10 mm round fixing by screw M3 for retro-reflective laser sensors Housing materials: screw: stainless
steel 316 / 1.4401 / spring washer: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / nut: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20990
E20993
E20718
E20719
187
For industrial
applications
OJ photoelectric laser sensors for assembly

and handling technology
High precision: Even tiny objects
up to 0.8 mm can be detected reliably
High switching frequency up to 2000 Hz
for fast processes
Front or side lens with various fixing
options
or fixing holes
Applications
Whenever there is little space for sensors or when small parts are to be detected,
the small photoelectric sensors of the OJ series are the ideal problem solvers. Typical
applications are assembly and handling technology.
High precision and laser protection class 1
The sensors even detect tiny objects up to a diameter of only 0.8 mm. A laser of
protection class 1 (EN 60825) now offers more application opportunities for this
highly-precise, small and tried-and-tested sensor.
Excellent price / performance ratio
Using the new OJ type laser sensors the decision for laser units is no longer an issue.
Easy alignment and mounting
The laser light spot visible on the object simplifies the alignment of the sensors
which are also installed in a very short time by means of the extensive fixing
components.
Laser protection class 1 requires no

additional protective measures for the
operators.
188
Laser sensors /
Rectangular housing OJ Laser PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face, laser class 1

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.

Transmitter
15 m
Red
< 24
OJ5038
Transmitter
1m
Red
<4
OJ5041
Receiver
15 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5039
Receiver
1m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5042
Transmitter
15 m
Red
< 24
OJ5138
Transmitter
1m
Red
<4
OJ5141
Receiver
15 m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5139
Receiver
1m
Red
H/D PNP
OJ5142
Polarisation filter
8m
Red
< 12
H/D PNP
OJ5036
Polarisation filter
8m
Red
< 12
H/D PNP
OJ5136
Rectangular housing OJ Laser PerformanceLine, front sensing face, laser class 1

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
Polarisation filter
8m
Red
< 12
H/D PNP
OJ5014
Polarisation filter
8m
Red
< 12
H/D PNP
OJ5114
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC154
189
For industrial
applications
OJ laser diffuse reflection sensor

and handling
Precise background suppression
for a reliable function
High precision: Even tiny objects up to
0.8 mm can be detected reliably
Front or side lens with various fixing
options
or fixing holes
With electronic background suppression the sensors can be set to ensure precise
and reliable detection of objects with various surfaces independently of any
background.
The OJ50xx series is mounted using the innovative snap-in technology. The sensor
is pushed into the guides of the fixture until the spring clicks home.
High precision
The sensors even detect tiny objects up to a diameter of only 0.8 mm.
Visible laser light spot
The laser light spot visible on the object simplifies alignment of the sensors.
Objects of different sizes are safely detected.
190
Laser sensors /
Rectangular housing OJ Laser PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face, laser class 1

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.

15...200 mm
Red
2x1
H/D PNP
OJ5054
7...150 mm
Red
0.8
H/D PNP
OJ5058
15...200 mm
Red
2x1
H/D PNP
OJ5154
7...150 mm
Red
0.8
H/D PNP
OJ5158
Rectangular housing OJ Laser PerformanceLine, front sensing face, laser class 1

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
15...200 mm
Red
2x1
H/D PNP
OJ5052
15...200 mm
Red
2x1
H/D PNP
OJ5152
7...150 mm
Red
0.8
H/D PNP
OJ5056
Accessories OJ housing
Type
Description
Order
no.
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units for front lens for type OJ Housing materials: diecast zinc
E20975
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units for side lens for type OJ Housing materials: diecast zinc
E20976
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC154
191
For industrial
applications
Extremely compact laser,

distance and level sensor
Photoelectric distance detection
with a range of up to 10 m, with reflector
up to 75 m
2 switching outputs; one output can be
configured as analogue output
Scalable detection range and
window function
Can be used in applications needing
Big 4-digit alphanumeric display for
measured values
Detection of objects with long ranges

The O1D laser sensor provides non-contact distance measurement up to 10 metres. The O1D106 measures long distances
of up to 75 m using a reflector. The O1D300 level sensor
detects bulk material and opaque liquids without contact.
Compact and flexible
The outputs can be programmed for two switch points or one
switch point and one analogue output. The display can also
provide the measured values in inches, millimetres or metres.
The O1D102 has been specially designed for the detection of
black metallic lacquers.
Combined advantages
Photoelectric systems with background suppression and
ultrasonic sensors are inexpensive alternatives for distance
measurement, however their ranges are shorter. Traditional
time-of-flight systems offer an improved level of performance
but are much higher in cost. The O1D combines the
advantages of these systems at an attractive price.
192
Laser sensors /
Rectangular housing O1 for optical distance measurement, laser class 2

Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Order
no.
Photoelectric distance sensor M12 connector 18...30 DC metal IP67

0.2...10 m
1...50
18...30
O1D100
0.2...3.5 m
1...50
18...30
O1D102
0.2...10 m
1...33
18...30
O1D105
Ub
Order
no.

Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
[V]
1...33
18...30
0.3...6 m
O1D155
Rectangular housing O1 Laser PerformanceLine with background suppression, laser class 2

Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
0.2...10 m
normally open / closed

programmablePNP
O1D101
Accessories O1 housing
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set Clamp mounting rod mounting 12 mm for type O1D

Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel / screws: stainless steel / nut: high-grade stainless steel
E2D101
Mounting set E2D101 + E20938 + E20951
E21079
193
For industrial
applications
O5D first standard photocell

with time of flight measurement (PMD)
Reliable background suppression
and colour-independent detection
Precise time of flight measurement
in housing sizes of standard
photoelectric sensors
Shiny surfaces are detected reliably
(e.g. stainless steel)
Any sensor position, even an oblique
angle to the object
Switch point setting to the nearest
centimetre via +/- buttons and display
Time of flight measurement as standard sensor

The O5D with time of flight measurement (PMD = Photonic Mixer Device) combines
the following advantages: long range, reliable background suppression, visible red
light and high excess gain. In the same price range as standard sensors, it is a clever
alternative.
Easy handling
The switch point is set easily to the nearest centimetre via +/- buttons and display
or alternative via IO-Link, which also allows read-out of the actual value.
Any surface and any mounting position
Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: the O5D features reliable
background suppression. The unit allows any angle of incidence and thus any
mounting position. This simplifies installation and saves costs.
194
Time of flight measurement at the price of a

standard sensor.
Laser sensors /

Type
Operating principle
Range
Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Order
no.
Photoelectric distance sensor M12 connector 10...30 DC metal IP65 / IP67

0.03...2 m
33
<5
10...30
O5D100
0.03...2 m
33
<5
10...30
O5D101
Accessories O5 housing
Type
Description
Order
no.
E21084
E21087

E21083
E21085
Memory plug Parameter memory for IO-Link sensors Storage capacity: 2 Kbytes
Housing materials: PA PACM 12 / PET / sealing: FPM / nut: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / connector: TPU
E30398
IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4800 and 38400 bits/s)
EPS protocol (19200 bits/s) for operation with FDT framework software ifm Container or software LINERECORDER SENSOR
E30396
Software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors Recording and distribution of parameter sets (duplication)
Capture and evaluation of sensor values over a longer period of time Resetting of sensor parameters to factory setting
Application via USB connection cable E30396 (driver is included in the software package)
ZGS210
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
195
For industrial
applications
Fibre optic amplifiers

Precise connection of different
fibre optics
Various glass fibre materials
for different applications
Range 0...120 mm
(through-beam sensor)
Range 0...40 mm
(diffuse reflection sensor)
Cable connection or M12 connector
Application
Fibre optic sensors are used where mounting space for photoelectric standard
sensors is restricted.
Advantages of these systems: The evaluation unit (fibre optic amplifier) and the
photoelectric components are located separately from the sensing surface of the
system. Fibre optic sensing heads can therefore be mounted in places where access
is difficult.
Through-beam principle
Transmitting and receiving fibre optics are laid separately. The two ends (fibre optic
heads) are mounted opposite each other. The light beam interruption is evaluated
according to the through-beam principle.
Diffuse reflection principle
Transmitting and receiving fibre optics are in one sheath and one sensing head.
Evaluation is based on the diffuse reflection principle.
Fibre optics
Plastic fibre optics are suited for standard applications if no particular demands such
as heat or chemical resistance are made. Glass fibre optics are more resistant to
heat, ageing and chemicals than plastic fibre optics.
Tried-and-tested technology for complex

applications.
196
Fibre optic sensors
OKF amplifiers for glass fibre optics

Type
Number
of input
channels
For
fibre
optics
Type
of light
Sensing
range
through beam
Sensing
range
diffuse
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Ub
Order
no.
[V]
Type OKF Cable 2 m plastics DC
FE/FT-00
Red
0...0.12 m
0...40 mm
H/D PNP
10...50
OK5001
Red
0...0.12 m
0...40 mm
H/D PNP
10...50
OK5008
Sensing
range
through beam
Sensing
range
diffuse
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Ub
Order
no.
Type OKF M12 connector plastics DC
FE/FT-00
OUF amplifiers for glass fibre optics

Type
Number
of input
channels
For
fibre
optics
Type
of light
[V]
Type OUF Cable 2 m plastics DC

1
FE/FT-00
Infrared
0.12 m
40 mm
H PNP
10...55
OU5001
FE/FT-00
Infrared
0.12 m
40 mm
D PNP
10...55
OU5002
Type OUF M12 connector plastics DC

1
FE/FT-00
Infrared
0...0.12 m
0...40 mm
H PNP
10...50
OU5043
FE/FT-00
Infrared
0...0.12 m
0...40 mm
D PNP
10...50
OU5044
Glass fibre optics for OOF / OKF and OUF housings, through-beam system
Type
Description
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor M4 straight Housing materials: PVC, adapter:, PPO, Fibre optic: glass
E20059
Through-beam sensor M4 straight Housing materials: aluminium, adapter:, ABS, Fibre optic: glass
E20128
Through-beam sensor 3 angled Housing materials: PVC, adapter:, PPO, Fibre optic: glass
E20062
Through-beam sensor 3 angled Housing materials: aluminium, adapter:, ABS, Fibre optic: glass
E20129
197
For industrial
applications
OBF fibre optic amplifier

with high performance
High performance such as a high switching
frequency of 3000 Hz
LED display to check operation, switching
status and function
Variable mounting options:
DIN rail or free-standing mounting
Easy parameter setting via pushbuttons
Wide range of fibre optics and accessories
New generation
The new generation of fibre-optic amplifiers of type OBF have an unbeatable price /
performance ratio.
Variable installation
The sensors can be mounted on a DIN rail or using fixing holes. The simple ifm
teach concept guarantees fast set-up. The sensor is ready for operation by pressing
the programming buttons twice.
For demanding applications
For demanding applications extended functions such as manual fine adjustment as
well as pulse stretching (time delay function) are available.
The use of fibre optics allows the detection

of objects where space is at a premium.
198
Fibre optic sensors
OBF amplifiers for acrylic fibre optics

Type
Number
of input
channels
For
fibre
optics
Type
of light
Sensing
range
through beam
Sensing
range
diffuse
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Ub
Order
no.
[V]
Type OBF M12 connector plastics DC Function check output
FE/FT-00
Red
0...2 m
0...100 mm
H/D PNP/NPN
10...30
OBF500
Type OBF M8 connector plastics DC Function check output
FE/FT-00
Red
0...2 m
0...100 mm
H/D PNP/NPN
10...30
OBF501
Red
0...2 m
0...100 mm
H/D PNP/NPN
10...30
OBF503
0...100 mm
H/D PNP/NPN
10...30
OBF502
Type OBF M8 connector plastics DC
FE/FT-00
Type OBF Cable 2 m plastics DC Function check output
FE/FT-00
Red
0...2 m
Acrylic fibre optics for OBF / OOF housings, through-beam system

Type
Description
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor M3 straight Housing materials: PE (polyethylene), Fibre optic: PMMA
E20603
E20615
E20606
E20753
E20752
Through-beam sensor 90- deflection of the light beam FE-11-EPV-E3R/2m 3 angled

Housing materials: PE (polyethylene), Fibre optic: PMMA
E20714
199
For industrial
applications
Sensors for colour, contrast,

glass and film detection
The colour sensor detects even
finest shades of colour,
5 tolerance steps can be selected
Contrast sensor with teach function
for automatic transmitted-light colour
The sensor for transparent objects
detects glass, films and PET bottles
High switching frequencies for fast
moving applications
Auto-Detect for PNP/NPN configuration,
time-saving teach functions
Colour sensor for production control

The colour sensor detects objects based on their colour and is particularly suited for
applications in the automotive industry. With five selectable tolerance steps the user
defines the permissible colour differences. An adjustment to the application is made
via pushbuttons. The high switching frequency of 2,000 Hz allows precise colour
detection even for very fast applications.
Contrast sensor for object detection
The O5K contrast sensor can solve a variety of applications in the assembly, handling and material handling technology. It detects registration marks or printed
colour bars by determining the difference between the target and the background.
The high colour contrast sensitivity and resolution guarantee reliable detection.
Detection of transparent objects
The sensors of the O5G series detect transparent objects such as film, glass, PET /
plastic bottles or transparent packaging. Normal photoelectric sensors are not suited
for this. Standard sensors have too much excess gain and burn through the clear
material.
200
for specific applications
Sensors for colour detection

Type
Operating principle
Measuring
range
Light spot
diameter
Ub
Current
consumption
Sampling rate /
switching frequency
[mm]
[V]
[mA]
[Hz]
50
2000
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function light-on / dark-on programmable DC PNP/NPN
Colour sensor
15...19 mm
2.5 x 6
10...36
O5C500
Contrast sensors
Type
Operating principle
Range
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
RGB
1.5 x 5
H/D PNP/NPN
O5K500
Type
of light
Spot at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Order
no.
40 / 80
H/D PNP/NPN
O5G500
M12 connector Output function light-on / dark-on programmable DC PNP/NPN
Diffuse contrast sensor
18...22 mm
Sensors for the detection of transparent objects

Type
Operating principle
Range
M12 connector Output function light-on / dark-on programmable via pushbutton DC PNP/NPN
Polarisation filter
0...1.5 m
Red
M8 connector Output function light-on / dark-on programmable DC PNP
Polarisation filter
0.2...1.5 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5185
Polarisation filter
0.2...1.5 m
Red
64
H/D PNP
OJ5186
Prismatic reflector
Type
Description
Order
no.
E20722
201
For industrial
applications
Compact speed monitors

Evaluation system with integrated sensor
2-in-1: speed sensor and evaluation in one
compact housing
Space-saving design
Easy to fit
Easy parameter setting by potentiometer

or pushbutton
Inductive sensor with integrated speed evaluation

In many industrial applications drives need to be monitored
for rotational speed or standstill. The compact DI series speed
monitor offers a specially low-cost and reliable solution.
In principle it is an inductive sensor with integrated speed
evaluation.
Advantage: the condition information of the drive is directly
transferred to the control system. The nominal speed is easily
set by potentiometer or pushbutton.
Variants
ifm electronic offers the right unit for each application. The
user can choose between M18 and M30 types with either
M12 connector or cable. There are 2-wire and 3-wire units
with either NC or NO function.
202
Speed monitor with integrated sensor

Type
Ub
Inputs
Input
function
[V]
Setting
range
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
[Hz]
Outputs
analog
Outputs
relays
Outputs
transist.
Order
no.
M30 x 1.5 output is switched during the start-up delay and if (f actual) is greater than (f preset)
20...250 AC/DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
5...300
DI0001*
20...250 AC/DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
50...3000
DI0002*
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
5...300
DI5009
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
5...300
DI5001
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
30...3000
DI5003
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
5...300
DI5007
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
5...300
DI5004
DI6001
M18 x 1 output is switched during the start-up delay and if (f actual) is greater than (f preset)
10...36 DC
PNP / NPN / Namur
3...6000

circuit.
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
EVC005
EVC001
EVC002
203
For industrial
applications
Object recognition for assembly,

production and quality control
2D vision sensor for object recognition
Robust, industrially compatible housing

with integrated lighting
Easy parameter setting
Integrated Ethernet process interface with

position indication
128 MB RAM: teaching of 32 applications
with up to 24 models each possible
Contour sensor for production control

The sensor uses orientation-independent contour verification.
The application possibilities range from presence, position
and orientation monitoring via sorting and counting tasks
to quality control.
Lighting and evaluation unit are integrated in a robust,
industrially compatible IP 67 housing for the use in the
temperature range -10...60 C. Extra-slim backlights are
available for transmitted light applications.
Operating concept
With an intuitive step-by-step interface and good / bad
parts the user can simply create a model of the object to be
recognised. The recognition software compares the object
with the stored ideal, regardless of orientation, and transmits
the results (good or bad, position, orientation) to the higherlevel PLC. The sensor can manage up to 32 separate tasks
with a maximum of 24 models each.
204
Sensors support the

user with quality
assurance.
Vision sensors
Sensors for object recognition

Type
Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Type O2D2 M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles metal DC

640 x 480
0.1
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2D220

1320 x 945
0.3
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2D222

400 x 300
0.08
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2D224
Fixing components for vision sensors

Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set O2D, O2M, O2I, O2V Clamp mounting rod mounting 12 mm
Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel
E2D110
E2D112
Operating software O2D
E2D200
Glass protective pane O2D / O2I Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: float glass
E21168
Jumper straight / straight Ethernet Gold-plated contacts 5 m Housing materials: TPU
E21139
Touch Panel PC AFL-12A-ATOM-N270/WT-R/1GB-R20 12.1" colour display

Intel Atom CPU 1.6 GHz 1 GByte RAM Windows XP Embedded
E2D400
Plastic diffuser O2D / O2I Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA
E21165
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 2 m Housing materials: PUR
E11231
E11232
205
For industrial
applications
Object inspection for packaging,

production and quality control
Stand-alone unit with integrated
lighting
For inspection tasks with variable features
Compact and robust design
User-friendly parameter setting
Integrated Ethernet process interfaces

(TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP)
Stand-alone unit
Stand-alone unit with integrated lighting and evaluation in a robust, industrially
compatible IP 67 housing for the use in the temperature range -10...60 C.
User-friendly parameter setting
All parameters can be set conveniently via a menu-guided parameter setting software.
Object recognition
The blob analysis used determines the selected characteristics of objects. They allow
to check the presence, size, position or completeness of the objects.
Ethernet process interfaces
The Ethernet interface also provides remote maintenance with storage of error
images and evaluation data, an update option for the sensors as well as the process
image for the connection of programmable logic controllers.
The presence of adhesive pads for noise

reduction is checked.
Applications in backlighting method

Extra-slim backlights are available for transmitted light applications.
206
Vision sensors
Object inspection sensors

Type
Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
Resolution
Detection
rate
[mm]
[mm]
[Hz]
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
Order
no.
[C]
Type O2V M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles metal DC

640 x 480
0.1
10
White light
-10...60
O2V100

1320 x 945
0.3
10
White light
-10...60
O2V102

400 x 300
0.08
10
White light
-10...60
O2V104

640 x 480
0.1
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2V120

1320 x 945
0.3
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2V122

400 x 300
0.08
10
Infrared
-10...60
O2V124

Type
Description
Order
no.
E2D110
E2D112
Operating software O2D
E2D200
E21168
E21139
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket straight Free from halogen M12 connector 2 m Housing materials: PUR
E11950
E11807
207
For industrial
applications
Lighting elements for

contour and position verification
Ultra-slim design
Permanent light or pulse operation
Additional operating mode for

4 times more light
Three illuminated area sizes
Infrared or red light
Ultra-slim design
The new generation of ifm's backlights can be screwed onto
a wall or the mounting accessory, requiring only little space
due to the extremely slim design of only 9.2 mm.
Various operating modes
The backlights allow operation with two different light intensities due to the microprocessor technology: In the normal
mode the element can work in the permanent or pulsed
mode, in the high mode pulse operation with 4 times more
light is possible. The exposure time is thus reduced by 75 to
80 % which is an advantage especially for fast processes.
Numerous versions
They generate a homogeneous light field with visible red or
invisible infrared light. They can be obtained in three different
sizes.
208
Specific backlights
extend the range of
applications of
object recognition
sensors and object
inspection sensors.
Illumination
Illumination units, backlight

Type
Dimensions
Type
of light
[mm]
Active
illuminated
area
[mm]
I0
normal light
intensity
[mA]
I0
high light
intensity
[mA]
Trigger
Order
no.
PUR cable 0.15 m with M12 connector metal DC

70.5 x 9.2 x 33.4
Red
25 x 25
50
25
External; 24 V PNP to
IEC61131-1
O2D910
70.5 x 9.2 x 33.4
Infrared
25 x 25
50
25
IEC61131-1
O2D906
108 x 9.8 x 81
Red
50 x 50
200
100
IEC61131-1
O2D911
108 x 9.8 x 81
Infrared
50 x 50
200
100
IEC61131-1
O2D907
161.2 x 9.8 x 133
Red
100 x 100
450
250
IEC61131-1
O2D912
161.2 x 9.8 x 133
Infrared
100 x 100
450
250
IEC61131-1
O2D908
70.5 x 9.2 x 33.4
Infrared
25 x 25
50
25
IEC61131-1
O2D901
70.5 x 9.2 x 33.4
Red
25 x 25
50
25
IEC61131-1
O2D900
108 x 9.8 x 81
Infrared
50 x 50
200
100
IEC61131-1
O2D903
108 x 9.8 x 81
Red
50 x 50
200
100
IEC61131-1
O2D902
161.2 x 9.8 x 133
Infrared
100 x 100
450
250
IEC61131-1
O2D905
161.2 x 9.8 x 133
Red
100 x 100
450
250
IEC61131-1
O2D904
PUR cable 2 m metal DC

Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set Backlight 25 x 25 mm Clamp mounting

Housing materials: Mounting plate: stainless steel / clamp: high-grade stainless steel
E2D107

E2D108

E2D109
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC002
209
For industrial
applications

for direct metal detection
Suitable for operator and
machine safety
Safe functioning without magnetic target
or coded actuator
Reliable end position monitoring on
moving machine parts
Connection of the sensors to safety PLCs,
bus systems and logic modules
Easy series connection of the sensors,
with the possibility of combination with
mechanical switches
Safe position detection

A special counterpart such as a magnet or coded target is no longer necessary for
the function of the fail-safe sensor. The fail-safe inductive sensor detects metals
such as stainless steel or mild steel. It operates with an enable zone which is monitored for target position and dwell time. An adjustment mode facilitates mounting.
The fail-safe sensor increases the uptime and safety of your installation and can be
connected to approved evaluation units without cross-fault monitoring. Wear-free
operation guarantees low maintenance costs of your installation. Faults such as coil
break or coil short circuit are diagnosed and the sensor passes into the defined safe
state. Even a cross fault between the supply voltage and one of the two outputs
does not affect the safety function of the sensor.
Applications
reliable positioning on rotary indexing tables and machine tools
reliable triggering of slow travel or switching off in end positions for presses,
gantry robots and actuators
reliable area monitoring for robots
210
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 3, PL e

Type
Length
Enable
zone
Housing
material
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
PPE
66
4...20 nf
39
6...12 nf
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM701S
PPE
24
IP 65 / IP 67
50 / 200
GM705S
24
IP 68 / IP 69K
50 / 200
GI701S
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
[V]
M12 connector
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 2, PL d

Type
Length
Enable
zone
Housing
material
Ub
DC
[mm]
[mm]
35
1...8 nf
24
IP 65 / IP 67
1/1
GG711S
44.5
1...5 f
Brass
24
IP 65 / IP 67
1/1
GG712S
53
> 10 f
Brass
24
IP 65 / IP 67
5/5
GG851S
45
0.5...4 nf
24
IP 65 / IP 67
1/1
GF711S
[V]
M12 connector
Fail-safe inductive sensors to IEC 61508 SIL 3, IEC 62061 SILcl 3 and ISO 13849-1 PL e
with the possibility of connection in series
Type
Length
Enable
zone
Housing
material
[mm]
[mm]
66
10...15 nf
PPE
66
10...20 nf
55
3...6 nf
Ub
DC
Protection

enable time
[ms]
Order
no.
24
IP 65 / IP 67
20 / 200
GM504S
PPE
24
IP 65 / IP 67
20 / 200
GM505S
24
IP 68 / IP 69K
20 / 200
GG505S
[V]
M12 connector
211
For industrial
applications

Finger protection type 4 / SIL 3
type 4 to IEC 61496
Now with SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and PL to ISO 13849
Compact housing dimensions (28 x 30 mm)
Protected area width selectable on the unit:

0...3 m or 1...6 m
Easy to connect via the tried-and-tested
M12 connector (5 or 8-pin)
Protection for the plant personnel

Wherever motion of machine parts presents a danger to people or goods, safety
light curtains are used. When activated, this protective equipment deactivates the
outputs, which immediately stops the machines.
Safety light curtains consist of an optical transmitter and receiving element.
In the transmitter element there are several light emitters and an equal number of
receivers in the receiving element. If one or several light beams are interrupted, the
system deactivates the safe outputs.
Certified safety
The safety light curtains have been developed according to current standards and
have been certified by TV Sd. They meet the requirements to EN 61496, ESPE
type 4 / SIL 3.
Finger protection
The protective function finger protection is guaranteed at a resolution of 14 mm.
212
The light curtains can be fitted simply and

neatly into the application. A dead band and
impermissible intervention are avoided.
Safety light curtains type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 14 mm, protected area width up to 6 m
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
213
14
160
0...3 / 1...6
24
OY001S
363
14
310
0...3 / 1...6
5.5
24
OY002S
513
14
460
0...3 / 1...6
7.5
24
OY003S
663
14
610
0...3 / 1...6
24
OY004S
813
14
760
0...3 / 1...6
11
24
OY005S
963
14
910
0...3 / 1...6
13
24
OY006S
1113
14
1060
0...3 / 1...6
14.5
24
OY007S
1263
14
1210
0...3 / 1...6
16.5
24
OY008S
1413
14
1360
0...3 / 1...6
18
24
OY009S
1563
14
1510
0...3 / 1...6
20
24
OY010S
M12 connector
213
For industrial
applications

Hand protection type 4 / SIL 3
Type 4 safety light curtains
to IEC 61496
and PL to ISO 13849

0...4 m or 3...12 m

Wherever motion of machine parts presents a danger to people or goods, safety
light curtains are used. When activated, this protective equipment deactivates the
outputs, which immediately stops the machines.
Safety light curtains consist of an optical transmitter and receiving element. In the
transmitter element there are several light emitters and an equal number of receivers in the receiving element. If one or several light beams are interrupted, the
Certified safety
The safety light curtains have been developed according to current standards and
have been certified by TV Sd. They meet the requirements to EN 61496, ESPE
type 4 / SIL 3.
Hand protection
The protective function 'hand protection' is guaranteed at a resolution of 14, 20,
30 or 40 mm.
Protection for the plant personnel even over

long distances.
214
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
213
30
160
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY041S
363
30
310
0...4 / 3...12
5.5
24
OY042S
513
30
460
0...4 / 3...12
7.5
24
OY043S
663
30
610
0...4 / 3...12
8.5
24
OY044S
813
30
760
0...4 / 3...12
10.5
24
OY045S
963
30
910
0...4 / 3...12
12
24
OY046S
1113
30
1060
0...4 / 3...12
14
24
OY047S
1263
30
1210
0...4 / 3...12
15.5
24
OY048S
1413
30
1360
0...4 / 3...12
17
24
OY049S
1563
30
1510
0...4 / 3...12
18.5
24
OY050S
M12 connector
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
213
40
160
0...4 / 3...12
3.5
24
OY061S
363
40
310
0...4 / 3...12
4.5
24
OY062S
513
40
460
0...4 / 3...12
5.5
24
OY063S
663
40
610
0...4 / 3...12
6.5
24
OY064S
813
40
760
0...4 / 3...12
7.5
24
OY065S
963
40
910
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY066S
1113
40
1060
0...4 / 3...12
10
24
OY067S
1263
40
1210
0...4 / 3...12
11
24
OY068S
1413
40
1360
0...4 / 3...12
12
24
OY069S
1563
40
1510
0...4 / 3...12
13
24
OY070S
M12 connector
215
For industrial
applications

Body protection type 4 / SIL 3
Type 4 safety light curtains to IEC 61496

and PL to ISO 13849

0...4 m or 3...12 m

Wherever motion of machine parts presents a danger to
people or goods, safety light curtains are used. When
activated, this protective equipment deactivates the outputs,
which immediately stops the machines.
Safety light curtains consist of an optical transmitter and
receiving element. In the transmitter element there are several
light emitters and an equal number of receivers in the receiving
element. If one or several light beams are interrupted, the
Certified safety
The safety light curtains have been developed according to
current standards and have been certified by TV Sd. They
meet the requirements to EN 61496, ESPE type 4 / SIL 3.
Protection for body or parts of bodies
The protective function 'primary guarding body or parts of
bodies' is guaranteed at a resolution of 50 or 90 mm.
Efficient safeguarding of hazardous areas.
216
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
363
50
310
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY082S
513
50
460
0...4 / 3...12
4.5
24
OY083S
663
50
610
0...4 / 3...12
5.5
24
OY084S
813
50
760
0...4 / 3...12
6.5
24
OY085S
963
50
910
0...4 / 3...12
7.5
24
OY086S
1113
50
1060
0...4 / 3...12
8.5
24
OY087S
1263
50
1210
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY088S
1413
50
1360
0...4 / 3...12
10
24
OY089S
1563
50
1510
0...4 / 3...12
11
24
OY090S
M12 connector
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
663
90
610
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY104S
813
90
760
0...4 / 3...12
4.5
24
OY105S
963
90
910
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY106S
1113
90
1060
0...4 / 3...12
5.5
24
OY107S
1263
90
1210
0...4 / 3...12
5.5
24
OY108S
1413
90
1360
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY109S
1563
90
1510
0...4 / 3...12
6.5
24
OY110S
M12 connector
Safety relays for safety light curtains

Type
Ub
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Category /
performance level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Order
no.
Relay
4/e
G2001S
[V]
24
217
For industrial
applications
Safety light grids

for the protection of robot cells
Safety light grids type 2 or
type 4 or to IEC 61496
Now with SIL to IEC 61508
and PL to ISO 13849
For applications with ranges
of up to 60 m
Safety light grids with active / passive
system (single sided wiring)

Safety light grids are used to protect the hazardous area of an
industrial robot.
They consist of an optical transmitter and receiving element.
In the transmitter element there are several light emitters and
an equal number of receivers in the receiving element. If one
or several light beams are interrupted, the system deactivates
the safe outputs.
Based on the known transmitter / receiver principle, safety
light grids offer ranges up to 60 m.
Active / passive system
The transmitter and the receiver are integrated in the housing
of the active element. The passive element houses the
reflecting mirrors. The electrical connection is only located on
one side, this being the side of the active element. Thus, the
user saves time and money with regard to wiring.
Certified safety
The safety light grids have been developed in accordance
with the current standards and certified by TV Sd. They
conform to the requirements of EN 61496, ESPE type 2 / SIL 2
or type 4 / SIL 3.
Safety light grids protect the operating area of

robots.
218
Safety light grids
Safety light grids with active / passive system type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams,
protected area width up to 6 m
Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
Order
no.
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
736
510
0...6 / 0...6
10
24
OY901S
1036
810
0...6 / 0...6
10.5
24
OY902S
1136
910
0...6 / 0...6
10.5
24
OY903S
Order
no.
M12 connector
Safety light grids type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams,

Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
653
510
0...4 / 3...12
2.5
24
OY114S
953
810
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY115S
1053
910
0...4 / 3...12
24
OY116S
Order
no.
M12 connector

Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
653
510
0...10 / 3...20
2.5
24
OY120S
953
810
0...10 / 3...20
2.5
24
OY121S
1053
910
0...10 / 3...20
2.5
24
OY122S
Order
no.
M12 connector

Type
Sensor
length
Resolution /
detection capacity
Protected area
height
Protected area
width
Response
time
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[m]
[ms]
[V]
736
510
8...30 / 18...60
24
OY951S
1036
810
8...30 / 18...60
24
OY952S
1136
910
8...30 / 18...60
24
OY953S
M12 connector
219
For industrial
applications
Safety relays for the protection

of operators and machinery
Multifunctional with relay outputs
or semiconductor outputs
E-stop with cross-fault monitoring and
optional simultaneity monitoring
Connection of mechanical safety switches
and fail-safe sensors
Two-hand control to EN 574, type IIIC,
mechanical or electronic
Certified to IEC 61508, EN 954-1,
ISO 13849-1, EN 574 type IIIC
Reliable switching
This safety relay can be used in a variety of ways. It performs
monitoring tasks in safety applications in combination with
different non-contact guards.
The evaluation of the signals from safety light barriers, safety
light curtains, electronic fail-safe sensors or mechanical safety
switches for protective guard contacts or electronic position
sensors or mechanical position switches with or without
cross-fault monitoring are only a few applications.
The safety relay has several multifunctional self-detecting and
self-monitoring short-circuit protected inputs and outputs.
The simultaneity monitoring of inputs and the functions
monitored or automatic start can be set as an option.
The operation in two-hand control to EN 574 type IIIC in
combination with electronic sensors or mechanical switches is
another advantage of the safety relay.
AS-i
AS-i-S
AS-interface
220
Safety relays
Safety relays with relay outputs for fail-safe sensors

Type
Ub
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Category /
performance level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Order
no.
24
Relay
4/e
G1501S
24
Relay
4/e
G1502S
[V]
Safety relays with solid state outputs for fail-safe sensors

Type
Ub
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Category /
performance level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Order
no.
Semi-conductor outputs
4/e
G1503S
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Category /
performance level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Order
no.
Relay
4/e
G2001S
[V]
24
Safety relays for safety light curtains

Type
Ub
[V]
24
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
221
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PN5

for hydraulic systems
One switching output, output function
NO/NC programmable
Highly overload-resistant ceramic
measuring cell for more than 100 million
pressure cycles
Set and measured values indicated
on a 4-digit 10-segment display
Country-specific pressure units,
selectable in bar/mbar, kPa/MPa, psi
Memory function for the highest
measured system pressure
Long-term stability
The maximum robustness and long life ensure trouble-free and reliable operation
of the pressure sensors. The ceramic-capacitive measuring principle with a special
support of the measuring diaphragm makes the pressure sensors immune to
overload operation and high pressure peaks.
Transparency on site
The 4-digit LED display, which is clearly visible over large distances, is indispensable
for set-up, maintenance and operation. The slanted display enables optimum
reading from long distances and different angles.
Due to the structured menu navigation intuitive handling adapted to the
requirements is possible without any problems. The electronic lock protects the unit
from unauthorised access. This sensor series is appreciated by customers of ifm
worldwide as it allows quick and easy machine diagnosis.
222
Standard pressure sensor in the automotive

industry for applications where only one
switching output is needed.
Pressure sensors
Sensors with switching outputs and display

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
DC PNP
GI
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN5000
GI
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN5001
GI
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN5002
GI
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN5003
GI
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN5004
GI
Display unit
0...2.5
20
50
18...36
PN5006
GI
Display unit
0...1
10
30
18...36
PN5007
" NPT
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN5200
" NPT
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN5201
" NPT
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN5202
" NPT
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN5203
" NPT
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN5204
" NPT
Display unit
0...2.5
20
50
18...36
PN5206
" NPT
Display unit
0...1
10
30
18...36
PN5207
223
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PN7

with two switching outputs and IO-Link 1.1
Dual independent switching outputs
or switching and diagnostic output
High switch point accuracy
and switching frequency
switching operations
Different versions with pressure
ranges between -1...600 bar
Parameter setting, diagnosis and
transmission of process values via IO-Link
Worldwide use for reduced storage

For the pressure sensor PN7 the output logic (PNP or NPN) is just as selectable as
the pressure units (bar/mbar, kPa/MPa, psi), allowing OEMs to use the same type
of pressure sensor regardless of the country where the machine is to be installed.
IO-Link
IO-Link is a simple, point-to-point communication protocol between an IO-Link
enabled device (typically a sensor or actuator) and an IO-Link master. Advantages:
Process measurement data, parameters and diagnostic information can be transmitted via the standard connection cable. If the IO-Link functionality is not used,
then the sensor operates as a pressure switch with two switching outputs as before.
Easy replacement
IO-Link masters to the specification 1.1 save the parameters of the connected
sensor and, in the event of replacement, send them to the newly connected sensor
of the same type. The need for complex resetting of parameters is eliminated.
224
Pressure sensors
Sensors with switching outputs and display with IO-Link

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable or 1 x normally open / closed programmable +
1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) DC PNP/NPN
GI
Display unit
0...600
800
1200
18...36
PN7060
GI
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN7000
GI
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN7001
GI
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN7002
GI
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN7003
GI
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN7004
GI
Display unit
0...2.5
20
50
18...36
PN7006
GI
Display unit
0...1
10
30
18...36
PN7007
GI
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...36
PN7009
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30396
Memory plug Parameter memory for IO-Link sensors Storage capacity: 2 Kbytes
E30398
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
225
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PN7 with two switching outputs

and NPT or UNF process connection
Two switching outputs
High switch point accuracy and

switching frequency
switching operations
Different versions with pressure
ranges between -1...400 bar
Clear and easy operating concept with
extended features for optimum use
Long-term stability
The maximum robustness and long life ensure trouble-free
and reliable operation of the pressure sensors. The ceramiccapacitive measuring principle with a special support of the
measuring diaphragm makes the pressure sensors immune
to overload operation and high pressure peaks.
For the pressure switch PN7 the output logic of the switching
function can be changed from PNP to NPN.
UNF process connection
For pressure sensors with UNF process connection the pressure
unit psi is set at the factory.
ifm sensors are adapted to the needs of the

different markets.
226
Pressure sensors
Sensors with switching outputs and display

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) DC PNP/NPN
" NPT
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN7200
" NPT
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN7201
" NPT
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN7202
" NPT
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN7203
" NPT
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN7204
" NPT
Display unit
0...2.5
20
50
18...36
PN7206
" NPT
Display unit
0...1
10
30
18...36
PN7207
" NPT
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...36
PN7209
7/16-20 UNF (SAE)
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN7300
7/16-20 UNF (SAE)
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN7302
7/16-20 UNF (SAE)
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN7303
7/16-20 UNF (SAE)
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN7304
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
227
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PN3 with switching output

and analogue output
Selectable analogue output and
integrated switching functions
Country-specific pressure units,
selectable in bar/mbar, kPa/MPa, psi
Memory function for the highest
measured system pressure
4-digit 10-segment display for
set and measured values
High switch point accuracy and
switching frequency
Robust and convenient

The maximum robustness and long life ensure trouble-free and reliable operation of
the ifm pressure sensors. The ceramic-capacitive measuring principle with a special
support of the measuring diaphragm makes the pressure sensors immune to overload operation and high pressure peaks. Maximum pressure peaks can be saved and
read in negative as well as in positive measuring ranges.
The user can choose between the analogue output functions 4...20 mA or 0...10 V
and a binary switching output. In addition, all parameters can be read and set
conveniently via an interface on the PC.
For the pressure sensors of the PN3 series, the pressure units indication (bar/mbar,
kPa/MPa, psi) can be freely selected, allowing OEMs to use the same type of pressure
sensor regardless of the country where the machine is to be installed.
Pressure sensors for universal use.
228
Pressure sensors
Sensors with switching outputs and analogue outputs and display

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function normally open / closed programmable; 4...20 mA or 0...10 V DC PNP
GI
Display unit
0...600
800
1200
18...36
PN3060
GI
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...36
PN3000
GI
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...36
PN3001
GI
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...36
PN3002
GI
Display unit
0...25
150
350
18...36
PN3003
GI
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...36
PN3004
GI
Display unit
0...2.5
20
50
18...36
PN3006
GI
Display unit
0...1
10
30
18...36
PN3007
GI
Display unit
-1...0
10
30
18...36
PN3029
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter G - G Housing materials: stainless steel / sealing: FPM
E30000
Adapter G - G Housing materials: stainless steel / FPM
E30007
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
229
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PN2

with analogue and switching outputs
Analogue output scalable and
selectable: 0...10 V / 4...20 mA
Switching output function NO/NC
programmable
Switching output logic (NPN/PNP)
selectable
Country-specific pressure units
Parameter setting, diagnosis and

transmission of process values via IO-Link
Robust measuring cell

Long-term stability and highly robust design ensure a trouble-free and reliable
operation. The ceramic-capacitive measuring principle with a special support of the
measuring diaphragm makes the sensors immune to overload operation and high
pressure peaks.
Adaptation to the controller
The analogue output of the sensor, which can be set to either 4 ... 20 mA or 0 ...
10 V, can be very easily adapted to match the actually required measuring range.
Parameters ASP (analogue start point) and AEP (analogue end point) enable userspecific setting of the sensor's zero point and span.
For the pressure sensor PN2 the output logic (PNP or NPN) is just as selectable as
the pressure units (bar /mbar, KPa/MPa, psi), allowing OEMs to use the same type of
pressure sensor regardless of the country where the machine is to be installed.
Using IO-Link, machine parameters can be

transferred to higher control levels.
Pressure sensor PN2 with IO-Link

IO-Link is a simple, point-to-point communication protocol between an IO-Link
enabled device (typically a sensor or actuator) and an IO-Link master.
This technology has now been implemented in the pressure sensors of the PN2
series.
230
Pressure sensors
Sensors with switching outputs and analogue outputs and display

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V; scaleable 1:4) DC PNP/NPN
GI
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...32
PN2020
GI
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...32
PN2021
GI
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...32
PN2022
GI
Display unit
-1...25
100
350
18...32
PN2023
GI
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...32
PN2024
GI
Display unit
-0.1253...2.5
20
50
18...32
PN2026
GI
Display unit
-0.05...1
10
30
18...32
PN2027
GI
Display unit
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
18...32
PN2028
GI
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...32
PN2009
" NPT
Display unit
0...400
600
1000
18...32
PN2220
" NPT
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...32
PN2221
" NPT
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...32
PN2222
" NPT
Display unit
-1...25
100
350
18...32
PN2223
" NPT
Display unit
-1...10
75
150
18...32
PN2224
" NPT
Display unit
-0.125...2.5
20
50
18...32
PN2226
" NPT
Display unit
-0.04...1
10
30
18...32
PN2227
" NPT
Display unit
-1...1
20
50
18...32
PN2209
" NPT
Display unit
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
18...32
PN2228
231
For industrial
applications
Fully electronic
contact manometer
Optimum readability and electronic
pointer display mean reliable operation
Rotatable display with LED bar graph
for switch point indication
Output functions programmable via
LED display and optical touch fields
G 1/2 manometer connection
Pressure range up to 400 bar
Electronic contact manometer PG

In many industrial areas mechanical contact manometers are often used because of
their highly visible display.
The electronic contact manometer of the series PG combines the high visibility of
a manometer display with the advantages of an electronic pressure sensor, for
example the programmable switching and analogue output (scalable), the high
overload protection as well as the integrated temperature compensation.
The LED bar graph shows set and reset points, trends and the limits of dynamic
pressure fluctuations, if any. The pointer is controlled via a stepping motor as it has
been tried and tested many times in cars (tachometer). When disconnected, the
pointer is not visible.
232
Pressure sensors
Electronic contact manometers with switching output and analogue output

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable +

1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) DC PNP/NPN
Display unit
0...400
800
1200
18...32
PG2450
Display unit
0...250
600
1000
18...32
PG2451
Display unit
0...100
300
700
18...32
PG2452
Display unit
-1...25
100
300
18...32
PG2453
Display unit
-1...10
50
150
18...32
PG2454
Display unit
-1...4
30
100
18...32
PG2455
Display unit
-0.125...2.5
20
50
18...32
PG2456
Display unit
-0.05...1
10
30
18...32
PG2457
Display unit
-1...1
10
30
18...32
PG2409
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
EVC005
233
For industrial
applications
Flush pressure sensors

for hydrostatic level measurement
Continuous level and point
level measurement
with analogue / switching output
Irrespective of conductivity and
dielectrics of the medium
High precision and absolute long-term
stability due to ceramic measuring cell
Flush process connection
Process connection G 1 male
Level detection
For hydrostatic level detection of liquids in tanks and vessels,
special requirements are made on the measuring device and
process connection. Apart from high accuracy and long-term
stability, the sensor must meet the highest hygienic requirements. The pressure sensors of the PF, PI, PL and PG series
meet these requirements to a particular degree.
Advantages
ifm pressure sensors feature a ceramic measuring cell which is
largely resistant to aggressive media and abrasion, allowing
use in a wide range of applications.
Flush mount installation in the tank or vessel wall ensures
reliable cleaning and sterilisation in the process. The housing
is potted, so offering optimum protection against humidity
and chemicals.
234
Pressure sensors
PF sensors with switching and analogue output

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable or

1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V; scaleable 1:4) DC PNP/NPN
G1 A sealing cone
Switching status
-0.5...10
50
150
20...30
PF2654
G1 A sealing cone
Switching status
-0.05...1
10
30
20...30
PF2657
G1 A sealing cone
Switching status
-0.013...0.25
10
30
20...30
PF2658
Order
no.
Electronic contact manometers with switching output and analogue output

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
M12 connector Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable +

1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) DC PNP/NPN
G1 A sealing cone
Display unit
-1...10
50
150
18...32
PG2894*
G1 A sealing cone
Display unit
-0.05...1
10
30
18...32
PG2897*
G1 A sealing cone
Display unit
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
18...32
PG2898*
Attention: The unit must only be installed in a process connection for G1 sealing cone! The G1A sealing cone of the unit is only
suited for adapters with metal end stop!
PL sensors without display with analogue output

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue 3-wire DC; 2-wire DC

G1 A sealing cone
-0.5...10
50
150
14...30
PL2654
G1 A sealing cone
-0.05...1
10
30
14...30
PL2657
G1 A sealing cone
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
14...30
PL2658
235
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PK
with easy-turn operating concept
Simple switch point setting via two setting
rings with optimum readability
Robust stainless steel measuring cell
Mechanical locking prevents inadvertent

switch point manipulation
High bursting pressure range for gaseous
and liquid media
Ideal use in accumulator charging circuits,
hydraulic and pneumatic applications
The easy operating concept

The ease of handling is fascinating: Due to the radial setting
rings with a unit scale for optimum readability every user can
adjust the set point and reset point quickly and precisely even
without system pressure being applied.
Thanks to mechanical loocking unintentional manipulation is
excluded. Two clearly visible LEDs indicating the switching
status and operating status provide the required transparency.
Versatile use
The robust pressure sensor can be used in nearly all industrial
applications, not only in standard hydraulic and pneumatic
applications but also at gas pressures up to 400 bar. The
maximum robustness of the stainless steel measuring cell
ensures high long-term stability and wear-free operation over
millions of pressure cycles.
236
Pressure sensors
PK sensors with mechanical setting and switching outputs

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function normally open / closed complementary DC PNP

" NPT A / M5 I
Operation
0...400
600
1600
9.6...32
PK6220
" NPT A / M5 I
Operation
0...100
200
1000
9.6...32
PK6222
" NPT A / M5 I
Operation
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
PK6224
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...400
600
1600
9.6...32
PK6520
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...250
400
1000
9.6...32
PK6521
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...100
200
1000
9.6...32
PK6522
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...25
60
500
9.6...32
PK6523
G male / M5 female
Operation
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
PK6524
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Damping screw for pressure sensors with M5 internal thread
E30057
Protective cover with lead seal option for pressure sensors type PK for temperature sensors type TK
for vibration sensors type VK Housing materials: PP transparent
E30094
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
237
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor PK with fixed hysteresis

and easy-turn operating concept
Two separate switching outputs
with fixed hysteresis (1 %)
Simple switch point setting via two setting
rings with optimum readability
Robust stainless steel measuring cell
Mechanical locking prevents

inadvertent switch point manipulation
High bursting pressure range for
gaseous and liquid media
The ingenious solution

The compact ifm pressure sensor of the PK series is the first
electronic pressure sensor to feature a successful combination
of very easy setting and high long-term stability. This pressure
sensor is distinguished by a high pressure peak resistance and
excellent resistance against aggressive media.
The easy operating concept
Thanks to the radial setting rings with a unit scale for optimum
readability every user can set the switching outputs quickly
and precisely even without system pressure being applied.
Units with two separate switching outputs and a fixed
hysteresis have now been added to this series. The fixed reset
point is 1 % of the freely selected set point.
Thanks to mechanical loocking unintentional manipulation is
excluded. Two clearly visible LEDs indicating the switching
status and operating status provide the required transparency.
238
Pressure sensors
PK sensors with mechanical setting and switching outputs

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
DC PNP
G A / M5 I
Switching status
0...400
600
1600
9.6...32
PK7520
G A / M5 I
Switching status
0...250
400
1000
9.6...32
PK7521
G A / M5 I
Switching status
0...100
200
1000
9.6...32
PK7522
G A / M5 I
Switching status
0...25
60
500
9.6...32
PK7523
G A / M5 I
Switching status
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
PK7524
DC PNP
G male / M5 female
Operation
0...400
600
1600
9.6...32
PK5520
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...250
400
1000
9.6...32
PK5521
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...100
200
1000
9.6...32
PK5522
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...25
60
500
9.6...32
PK5523
G A / M5 I
Operation
0...10
25
300
9.6...32
PK5524
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30057
E30094
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
239
For industrial
applications
Compact pressure transmitter PA

with analogue current output
0.5 % overall accuracy
Versions with 4...20 mA analogue output
Long-term stability and overload

protection due to the ceramic-capacitive
measuring principle
Different versions with pressure ranges

between -1...600 bar
Precise and compact

The pressure transmitter family PA is distinguished by a high total accuracy of 0.5 %
and a compact housing. The tried-and-tested pressure sensing principle using a
ceramic-capacitive measuring cell ensures reliable and long-term stable analogue
values in mobile and stationary hydraulic applications.
The compact housing design allows easy installation of the units in narrow
applications that are difficult to access.
Long-term stability
the pressure transmitters. The ceramic-capacitive measuring principle with a special
support of the measuring diaphragm makes the pressure transmitters immune to
Long-term stable analogue values ensure
reliable monitoring of hydraulic power
packs.
240
Pressure sensors
PA sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA DC

GI
0...600
800
1200
9.6...32
PA3060
GI
0...400
600
1000
9.6...32
PA3020
GI
0...250
400
850
9.6...32
PA3021
GI
0...100
300
650
9.6...32
PA3022
GI
0...25
150
350
9.6...32
PA3023
GI
0...10
75
150
9.6...32
PA3024
GI
0...2.5
20
50
9.6...32
PA3026
GI
0...1
10
30
9.6...32
PA3027
GI
0...0.25
10
30
9.6...32
PA3028
GI
-1...0
10
30
9.6...32
PA3029
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30000
E30007
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
241
For industrial
applications
Compact pressure transmitter PA

with analogue voltage output
0.5 % overall accuracy
Versions with 0...10 V analogue output
Long-term stability and overload

protection due to the ceramic-capacitive
measuring principle
Different versions with pressure ranges

between -1...600 bar
Precise and compact

The pressure transmitter family PA is distinguished by a high total accuracy of 0.5 %
and a compact housing. The tried-and-tested pressure sensing principle using a
ceramic-capacitive measuring cell ensures reliable and long-term stable analogue
values in mobile and stationary hydraulic applications.
The compact housing design allows easy installation of the units in narrow
applications that are difficult to access.
Long-term stability
the pressure transmitters. The ceramic-capacitive measuring principle with a special
support of the measuring diaphragm makes the pressure transmitters immune to
Long-term stable analogue values ensure
reliable monitoring of hydraulic power
packs.
242
Pressure sensors
PA sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 0...10 V DC

GI
0...600
800
1200
16...32
PA9060
GI
0...400
600
1000
16...32
PA9020
GI
0...250
400
850
16...32
PA9021
GI
0...100
300
650
16...32
PA9022
GI
0...25
150
350
16...32
PA9023
GI
0...10
75
150
16...32
PA9024
GI
0...2.5
20
50
16...32
PA9026
GI
0...1
10
30
16...32
PA9027
GI
0...0.25
10
30
16...32
PA9028
GI
-1...0
10
30
16...32
PA9029
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30000
E30007
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC005
EVC002
243
For industrial
applications
PS7 control unit for part seat monitoring

Adjustment to the required gap distance
using the mechanical setting dial
Ceramic-capacitive measured value
acquisition for maximum long-term
stability
Low supply pressures for
process-optimised use
Two switch points: fine / course detection
or additional function check
Non-contact measurement in the
micrometre range
Detection of very small gap distances

Metal forming and machining to assembly automation, workpiece positioning and
gap detection in harsh operating conditions (dirt, extreme temperatures) continue
to present a challenge for project engineers. Whether workpiece or tool, pallet or
conical spindle insert - the success of the machining operation depends on a clear
position definition with gap distances sometimes down to 0.01 mm. The pneumatic
backpressure measurement system is used to blow the work surface clean. At the
same time the required gap distances are clearly detected and converted into good
signals.
Advantages and customer's benefits
The integrated pneumatic bridge circuit of the PS7 system effectively de-couples
the measurement result from the fluctuations in supply pressure. Supported with
the electronic display the bridge can be adjusted repeatably and documentably by
turning the patented setting dial. Adjustment, menu navigation and saving the
values for set-up, operation and maintenance are easy to understand. The PS7
system can be protected both mechanically and electronically against unauthorised
access.
244
Pressure sensors
Part seat monitoring

Type
Description
Control unit for part seat monitoring Setting by adjustment of the pneumatic bridge Integrated pressure sensor with
2 switching outputs and 4-digit alphanumerical display for trend display or display of current pressure Cable
Order
no.
PS7570
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Thread extension G 1/8 Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated / sealing: NBR
E30075
Connector QS-G 1/8-6 with hexagonal socket 4 mm a/f for tube with 6 mm
Housing materials: steel / PBT / Brass / aluminium
E30076
Connector QS-G 1/8-8 with hexagonal socket 5 mm a/f for tube with 8 mm
Housing materials: steel / PBT / Brass / aluminium
E30077
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
EVC004
EVC005
245
For industrial
applications
Electronic pressure sensor PNI

with analogue input
Evaluation of external voltage /
current values
Continuous comparison of set / actual
values directly in the sensor
Integrated special functions for
adaptation to specific tasks
4-digit LED display, pressure indication
in bar, psi and MPa
Differential pressure monitoring
by processing a pressure transmitter signal
Adjustable switch point

Variable pressures in the clamp hydraulics of a machine tool:
It is a big advantage if the switch point of the pressure sensor
can be adjusted electronically according to the valve position.
The clamping pressure is to be within a variable acceptable
range (window). If the pressure is outside the preset window,
the respective switch point is not active. What is particular is
that the range is adjusted automatically depending on the
situation using an external analogue signal.
Differential pressure switch
By evaluating the analogue signal of an external pressure
transmitter the sensor switches if the pressure is above or
below the set differential pressure. Applications are, for
example, filter monitoring or airlocks.
Functionality
The two freely configurable switching outputs of the pressure
sensor can be continuously adjusted using an analogue input
signal (0/4 - 20 mA / 0 - 10 V). The display indicates either the
input pressure, the output pressure or the differential pressure.
246
Differential
pressure
measurement in
filter monitoring.
Pressure sensors
PNI sensors with analogue input

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable DC PNP/NPN

GI
Display unit
0...250
400
850
18...30
PNI021
GI
Display unit
0...100
300
650
18...30
PNI022
GI
Display unit
0...25
100
350
18...30
PNI023
GI
Display unit
0...10
50
150
18...30
PNI024
Accessories
Type
Description
T splitter M12 x 1 Orientation: connectors A / B horizontal (for a vertical sensor) Housing materials: PUR
Order
no.
E11566
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper M12 plug / M12 socket, 4/5-pole, 4-wire
Jumper angled / angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 1 m
EVC032
EVC005
EVC002
Housing materials: PUR
E11231
Housing materials: PUR
E11232
247
For industrial
applications
Compact pressure sensor

for pneumatics
Slanted display for good readability
and handling
Two-colour display for indication
of the switching status
Easy installation using integrated
mounting holes and accessories
Two programmable switching outputs
or a switching output and a diagnostic
output
Pressure range -1...1 or -1...10 bar
Pressure sensor PQ for pneumatic applications

The pressure sensors of the PQ series are based on a
piezoresistive measuring element, feature an extremely compact housing and can be used in a wide range of applications.
The units precisely measure the pressure in the negative
pressure and overpressure range in pneumatic applications.
The silicon measuring cell is insensitive to liquids (e.g.
condensed water) and deposits that might occur in the
system. Also, it guarantees high overload protection and
an accuracy of < 0.5 %.
Mounting options
The sensor can be fixed to flat surfaces and profiles using the
two M4 drill holes on the front. It can be fixed to a DIN rail
using the robust DIN rail clip, which is secured against
inadvertent movement. The sensor is screwed to the clip.
Installation with an optional double nipple with 1/8" thread is
even easier. Using this nipple, the sensor can be fixed to the
pipe or air-ducting plate and aligned quickly and easily.
248
Thanks to the two

colours of the
display the
indicated values
can be interpreted
easily.
Pressure sensors
Sensors for pneumatic applications

Type
Process
connection
Display
Measuring
range
Poverload
Pbursting
Ub
DC
LED
[bar]
max. [bar]
min. [bar]
[V]
Order
no.

1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) DC PNP
G 1/8 I
Display unit
-1...10
20
30
18...32
PQ7834
G 1/8 I
Display unit
-1...1
20
30
18...32
PQ7809

1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) DC NPN
G 1/8 I
Display unit
-1...10
20
30
18...32
PQ0834
G 1/8 I
Display unit
-1...1
20
30
18...32
PQ0809
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
DIN rail clip Housing materials: stainless steel
E37340
Adapter R1/8 - R1/8 rotatable Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E37350
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC150
EVC151
EVC152
EVC153
EVC154
EVC155
249
For industrial
applications
Flow sensor
in robust stainless steel housing
Increased repeatability across the
extended measuring range
Simplified setting mode for quick set-up
Variable process connection using adapters
Reliable monitoring of gases and liquids
Electronic locking of the set values
Simple, fast and flexible installation

The flow sensors of the SI5 series can be integrated into
almost every application by means of a wide selection of
process adapters. The robust stainless steel housing provides
high reliability even in cases of harsh environmental
conditions.
The unit is unaffected by the orientation of the sensing face
with respect to the direction of flow, providing increased
flexibility of installation.
Easy handling and high functionality
A pushbutton is used for flow range and switch point setting.
Current flow and switch point are indicated with the local
multi-coloured LEDs. Electronic locking of the settings and
factory reset of the parameters provide additional safety.
250
Compact housings for adapters for flow monitoring

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Material
sensor tip
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
Order
no.
DC PNP
3...300 / 200...3000
stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
-25...80
30
1...10
19...36
SI5000
3...300 / 200...3000
-25...80
300
1...2 / 1...10
18...36
SI5010
-25...80
300
1...10
19...36
SI5002
-25...80
300
1...10
85...265
SI5006*
-25...80
300
1...10
19...36
SI5004
M12 connector Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable DC PNP
3...300 / 200...3000
1/2" UNF-Connector Output function
3...300 / 200...3000
AC / relay
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue DC
3...300 / -

circuit.
Compact designs for adapter with flow and temperature monitoring

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Material
sensor tip
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
300
1...10
19...36
Order
no.
3...300 / 200...3000
-25...80
SI5007
251
For industrial
applications
Magnetic-inductive inline flow meter

With volumetric flow quantity,
total quantity and temperature indication
High accuracy, repeatability and
measurement dynamics
Suitable for conductive media from
20 S/cm, flow rate up to 100 l/min
Binary, analogue and pulse outputs
for signal processing
Different process connections
using adapters
Measuring principle
The flow meter is based on Faradays principle of induction.
The conductive medium flowing through a pipe in a magnetic
field generates a voltage which is proportional to the flow
velocity or volumetric flow quantity.
Device function
This voltage is tapped via electrodes and converted in the
evaluation electronics. Analogue, binary and pulse outputs
offer various possibilities to process the measured data. Due
to the flexible programming via pushbuttons the flow meter
can be adapted to different conditions. It is installed using an
adapter. The unit features a high protection rating and a
robust, compact housing.
252
Magnetic-inductive flow meters with integrated temperature measurement

(sealing material FKM)
Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function OUT1: normally open / normally closed programmable or pulse or frequency or
empty pipe detection or IO-Link OUT2: normally open / normally closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA; 0...10 V, scalable)
or empty pipe detection DC PNP/NPN
G2 flat seal
8...600
-10...70
16
< 0.25
18...32
SM2000
M12 connector Output function OUT1: normally open / closed programmable or

pulse OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scaleable) DC PNP/NPN
0.25...25.00
-10...70
16
< 0.150
19...30
SM6000
0.5...50.0
-10...70
16
< 0.150
19...30
SM7000
G1
0.7...100.0
-10...70
16
< 0.150
19...30
SM8000
M12 connector Output function 2 x analogue (4...20 mA scalable) DC
0.1...25.00
-10...70
16
< 0.150
20...30
SM6004
0.2...50.0
-10...70
16
< 0.150
20...30
SM7004
G1
0.2...100.0
-10...70
16
< 0.150
20...30
SM8004
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter G - R for flow monitor type SM6 flat seal Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E40199
Adapter G - R for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40178
Adapter G 1 - R for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40179
Adapter R 2" A for flow sensors type SM2, SM9 Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E40231
253
For industrial
applications
Ultrasonic flow meter

in robust inline design
With volumetric flow quantity, total
quantity and medium temperature display
Suited for water up to a flow rate
of 100 litres per minute
Binary, analogue and pulse outputs
High measurement dynamics and
resolution due to the transit time
difference principle
4-digit alphanumeric display, LEDs
for indication of units and switch points
Measuring principle
The SU type ultrasonic flow meter operates on the transit
time difference principle. Two sound transducers are positioned
in a defined pipe length. These sound transducers alternately
emit sound pulses. The pulse trains emitted with the flow in
the pipe length are transported faster to the receiver by the
flowing medium. From this transit time difference results the
current volumetric flow quantity.
High functionality
In addition to volumetric flow monitoring the SU also monitors
the temperature of the medium. It is displayed on the unit
and provided for signal processing. Therefore, the system is
particularly suited for monitoring cooling circuits.
Sensor functions
Analogue, binary and pulse outputs offer various possibilities
to process sensor data. Furthermore, a volumetric flow quantity,
total quantity and medium temperature display is integrated.
254
Ultrasonic flow meters for liquids (water, glycol solutions, oils)

Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
Order
no.

pulse OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scaleable) DC PNP/NPN
0.1...50.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU7000
G1
0.2...100.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU8000
G1
0.4...200.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU9000
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU9004
M12 connector Output function 2 x analogue (4...20 mA scalable) DC
G1
0.0...200.0
-10...80
0.1...50.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU7200
G1
0.2...100.0
-10...80
16
< 0.250
19...30
SU8200
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
E40178
E40179
E40180
Adapter G 1 - R 1 for flow monitor type SU9 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40205
255
For industrial
applications
Robust mechatronic
flow sensor
Volumetric flow quantities: 15 l/min,
25 l/min, 50 l/min, 100 l/min, 200 l/min
Fast response time 10 ms
Easy handling:
Switch points can be (pre)set continuously
Binary switching output
Pressure range 25 bar
Mechatronic flow sensor

The flow sensor operates on the principle of spring-supported piston: The piston,
located in the valve seat in the housing, is lifted by the flowing medium against the
spring resistance. The piston position is detected by an inductive sensor and is output as a binary signal.
The spring resistance forces the piston to return to its original position with
decreasing flow. This ensures position-independent installation of the flow sensor
preventing backflow.
The switch points can be easily set and fixed via a setting screw. The robust
mechanical design ensures use in harsh environments. The units are maintenancefree.
Fast response time in cooling circuits
to protect welding guns and transformers
256
Mechatronic flow sensors for liquids

Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
Order
no.
DC PNP
Rp
2...20
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY323
Rp
1...15
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY332
Rp
1...25
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY333
Rp
2...50
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY334
Rp 1
5...100
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY346
Rp 1
20...200
0...85
25
< 0.01
24
SBY357
Order
no.
Mechatronic flow sensors for machine tools

Type
Process
connection
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[l/min]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]
M12 connector Output function analogue DC

G
0.3...25
0...60
200
< 0.01
24
SBU623
0.3...50
0...60
200
< 0.01
24
SBU624
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
EVC004
EVC005
257
For industrial
applications
Compressed air meters

with display and totaliser function
For compressed air in industrial use
as well as argon (Ar), carbon dioxide (CO2),
nitrogen (N2)
Large measuring range up to 700 Nm3/h,
detection of very small leaks
Fast response time and high
response sensitivity
With volumetric flow quantity, total
quantity and temperature indication
Analogue, switching and pulse outputs
Calorimetric measuring principle

The compressed air meter detects the standard volume flow
directly (according to ISO 2533). This makes corrections, in
case of temperature or pressure fluctuations, unnecessary.
The high measurement dynamics of the system enables the
reliable detection of even minute quantities, e.g. leakage.
High accuracy and repeatability are ensured by the integration
of the sensor's measuring elements into a defined pipe
length.
All information at hand
The integral 4-digit LED display plus the status LEDs allow
information to be available at the point of monitoring.
Whether peak consumption, present or accumulated consumption: Set switching or alarm values can be programmed
and read simply by pressing a pushbutton. All settings can be
protected using the electronic lock function.
Signal processing
Switching outputs, analogue outputs and pulse outputs are
available for signal processing. Parameters are set in the user
menu.
258
Compressed air meters

Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Accuracy within
measuring range
[Nm3/h]
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[bar]
[s]
[V]
Order
no.

pulse OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA scaleable) DC PNP
G (DN8)
0.12...15.00
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD5000
R (DN15)
0.6...75.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD6000
R1 (DN25)
1.8...225.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD8000
R1 (DN40)
3.5...410.0
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD9000
R2 (DN50)
5...700
A): (3% MV +
0.3% VMR) /
B): (6% MV +
0.6% VMR)
16
< 0.1
18...30
SD2000
Order
no.
Compressed air meter for special gases

Type
Process
connection
Setting range
Medium
temperature
Pressure
rating
Response
time
Ub
[Nm3/h]
[C]
[bar]
[s]
[V]

pulse OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA scaleable) DC PNP
G (DN8)
Ar: 0.08...24.54 /
CO2: 0.047 (0.04)...14.38 /
N2: 0.05 (0.06)...14.94
0...60
16
< 0.1
19...30
SD5100
R (DN15)
Ar: 0.39 (0.4)...118.2 /

CO2: 0.24 (0.2)...71.7 /
N2: 0.24 (0.2)...73.0
0...60
16
< 0.1
19...30
SD6100
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
EVC005
EVC006
259
For industrial
applications
Electronic point level sensors

for liquid media
Easy pushbutton adjustment
in the application
Overflow protection or normally closed /
normally open programmable
Clearly visible switching status indication
Extended setting range for increased

application reliability
Modular mounting concept
for flexible use
Application
The point level sensors have been optimised for use in
hydraulic oils and coolants. They are used to monitor the
minimum level, leakage or overflow of tanks. The extended
setting range increases the application reliability.
Easy set-up
The new operating concept enables setting and adjustment
of the output function by pressing just one pushbutton.
Deposits can be suppressed during operation without carrying
out a complete new adjustment.
Reliable
The LI21 series is approved to the German Federal Water Act
(WHG) section 19. For the LI51 series the output function
(normally open / normally closed) is programmable.
260
Level sensors
Point level sensors for oils and lubricants

Type
Probe length
Output
Ub
[mm]
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Iload
[mA]
Order
no.
DC PNP
132

programmable
10...36
0...35 (LI5141 +
E43103: 0...65)
0...65
200
LI5141
273

programmable
10...36
0...35 (LI5142 +
E43100: 0...65)
0...65
200
LI5142
481

programmable
10...36
0...35 (LI5143 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...65
200
LI5143
737

programmable
10...36
0...35 (LI5144 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...65
200
LI5144
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Iload
Order
no.
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
[mA]
Point level sensors for oils and coolants,

approval to the German Federal Water Act (WHG), section 19
Type
Probe length
Output
[mm]
Ub
DC PNP
132
Normally closed
10...36
0...35
0...65
200
LI2141
273
Normally closed
10...36
0...35
0...65
200
LI2142
481
Normally closed
10...36
0...35
0...65
200
LI2143
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting adapter G D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: Brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: Tesnit
E43003
Mounting adapter G 1 D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
E43004
Flange plate 100-125 D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
Housing materials: flange: aluminium anodised / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: Brass / rubber ring: FPM
E43005
E43006
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
261
For industrial
applications
Electronic
point level sensors LMT
Shock and vibration resistant thanks
to robust stainless steel housing
Resistant to foam and deposits
Easy to mount thanks to orientationindependent installation

LMT121: identification of different
media by two independently adjustable
switch points
LMT100 / LMT110: default setting
at the factory makes adjustment to the
medium unnecessary
Level under control

The LMT point level sensor reliably monitors the level in storage tanks or protects
pumps against running dry. Its compact sensor tip allows integration even in small
DN25 pipes.
Plug & Play
The factory setting to different types of media makes adjustment unnecessary, even
for viscous and sticky products. The selection of units is based on a comprehensive
list of media, i.e. one sensor for all media.
LMT121 differentiates between different media
The LMT121 can be simply adjusted to virtually any liquid and viscous medium or
bulk material thanks to IO-Link. Each of the two switching outputs can be set
independently of each other, so it is also possible to differentiate between two
different media.
262
Point level monitoring of liquids even in the

case of a high degree of soiling.
Level sensors
Point level sensors

Type
Process
connection
Process pressure
max.
Application
Protection
Order
no.
IP 68 / IP 69K
LMT121
[bar]
GA
-1...40
liquid, viscous and powdery media

GA
-1...16
IP 68 / IP 69K
LMT100
GA
-1...16
oils, grease
IP 68 / IP 69K
LMT110
Adapters
Type
Description
Order
no.
Welding adapter G - 30 mm for tanks Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E43300
Welding adapter G - 29 mm for pipes Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E43301
Adapter G Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E43302
Adapter G 1 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E43303
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC004
263
For oils and

coolants
Level sensors
for oils, coolants and cleaning agents
Variants with different outputs
Easy to use via user menu
Direct indication of the current

level by LED display
Freely programmable set and
reset points with window function
Probe lengths of 264, 472 and 728 mm
Level monitoring in machine building

LK type level sensors are suitable for a continuous detection
of levels in all kinds of vessels such as coolant pumping stations
and hydraulic tanks. Setting to the medium to be measured
is done quickly and conveniently via the easy-to-use menu.
Versatile mounting accessories enable installation in different
processes, the insertion depth can be adjusted with respect to
the application.
Levels can be conveniently controlled within the set limits
using the operating switching output. The integrated LED
display allows direct readout of the present level.
In addition, critical process states such as overflow of the vessel
can be directly monitored using the overflow switch point.
For safety reasons this output is completely independent of
the level measurement. Now only one unit is needed instead
of individual units for level measurement and point level
detection. This creates savings from reduced mounting,
purchasing and maintenance costs.
The current level can be read out directly at

the sensor.
264
Level sensors
Electronic level sensors for oils and coolants

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) Output function 1 x analogue 4...20 mA / 0...10 V (OUT2);
1 x normally open / closed programmable (OUT-OP) DC PNP
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...35 (LK3122 +
E43100: 0...65)
0...70
200
LK3122
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...35 (LK3123 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...70
200
LK3123
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...35 (LK3124 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...70
200
LK3124
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable DC PNP
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...35 (LK1022 +
E43100: 0...65)
0...70
200
LK1022
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...35 (LK1023 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...70
200
LK1023
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...35 (LK1024 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...70
200
LK1024
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) Output function 3 x normally open / closed programmable (OUT1...OUT3);
1 x normally open / closed programmable (OUT-OP) DC PNP
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...35 (LK8122 +
E43100: 0...65)
0...70
200
LK8122
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...35 (LK8123 +
E43101: 0...60)
0...70
200
LK8123
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...35 (LK8124 +
E43102: 0...55)
0...70
200
LK8124
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E43003
E43004
Flange plate 73-90 D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL according to DIN 24557
Housing materials: aluminium anodised / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: Brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: NBR
E43001
E43006
Protective cover for LK / LL / LR / LT sensors Housing materials: PP
E43910
265
For industrial
applications
Level sensors
based on guided wave radar
Easy to use via user menu
Direct indication of the current

level by LED display
Sensor lengths up to 160 cm
The probe can be cut to length, if needed
Continuous level monitoring

Type LR level sensors operate on the basis of guided wave
radar and are suited for continuous level monitoring in waterbased media such as coolants and cleaning liquids.
Installation
The sensor is directly installed in the tank using a process
connection or flange. If necessary, the probe can be easily
shortened and adapted to the tank by the user.
Setting
Setting of all parameters as well as programming of the
switch points and indication of the current level are carried
out via a 4-digit alphanumeric display.
The probe length can be individually

adapted to the application.
266
Level sensors
Variable level sensors, guided wave radar

Type
Process
connection
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
Medium
temperature
Iload
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
[C]
[mA]
0...80
200
Order
no.
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101)

Output function normally open / closed programmable; 4...20 mA or 0...10 V DC PNP
GA
L-40 (L-60)
30 / 10 (30)
18...30
LR3000
GA
L-40 (L-60)
30 / 10 (30)
18...30
0...80
200
LR7000
GA
L-40 (L-60)
30 / 10 (30)
18...30
0...80
200
LR8000
Accessories for level sensors LR

Type
Description
Order
no.
Probe Probe length: 240 mm for level sensors LR Housing materials: stainless steel
E43203
E43204
E43205
E43207
E43208
E43210
Flange plate 65-80 / G for level sensors LR Housing materials: flange: stainless steel
E43202
267
For industrial
applications
Combined level and temperature

monitoring of hydraulic oils
LED display for direct indication of level
and temperature
Adjustable hysteresis and window function
of the switching outputs
Reduced mounting complexity due to
two measuring systems in one unit
Eliminates the need for another borehole
in the hydraulic power pack
Two programmable switching outputs
each for level and temperature
Monitor hydraulic systems

The combined LT sensor is the combination of a continuous level sensor with
temperature monitoring. Due to the compact design the need for an additional
borehole in the tank for the second measurement system is eliminated.
Level measurement
With the programmable switching outputs the level variation of the hydraulic power
pack can be monitored conveniently within the set limits. The integrated LED display
allows direct readout of the present level. Level reduction or full signal during the
filling operation is transmitted to the controller by the switching outputs.
Temperature monitoring
The integrated temperature measurement monitors the temperature limits of the
fluid. Activation of the cooling or reaching the limit temperature is also transmitted
via freely adjustable switching outputs.
268
Combined measurement of level

and temperature in compact hydraulic
power packs.
Level sensors
Compact sensors for level and temperature monitoring

Type
Probe length
Active
zone
Inactive
zone
Ub
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable (level)
2 x normally open / closed programmable (temperature) DC PNP
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...70
200
LT8022
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70
200
LT8023
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70
200
LT8024
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E43003
E43004
E43001
E43006
Flange plate 54-52X52 D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
Housing materials: flange: aluminium anodised / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: Brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: Tesnit
E43007
E43910
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
E11231
E11232
269
For industrial
applications
Temperature evaluation unit

for Pt100 / Pt1000 elements
Temperature evaluation range from
-40...300 or -40...150 C
Easy handling via the user menu
Local display of the current temperature

values via the 10-segment display
Automatic detection of the
connected temperature sensor
One unit a wide range of options

The temperature amplifier, type TR is a universal control and
display unit for the connection of platinum (Pt) temperature
sensors. The evaluation unit automatically detects whether
two-wire, three-wire or four-wire Pt100 or Pt1000 sensors are
connected. In combination with the wide measuring range
from -40 to 300 C almost all temperature measuring and
monitoring tasks can be solved.
The combined solution
For a continuous temperature measurement the evaluation
unit TR2432 has a high-resolution and scalable analogue
output. The integrated display allows direct readout of the
current process temperature at any time.
In addition, critical process states, e.g. reaching of minimum
or maximum limit temperatures, can be directly monitored by
means of the switching output. In addition, variants with two
or four switching outputs are available.
270
Temperature sensors
Control monitors for temperature sensors, IO-Link

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
Order
no.
M12 connector
Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scalable) DC PNP/NPN
-40...300
GA
Display unit
18...32
50
250
TR2432
18...32
50
250
TR7432
Display
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
Order
no.
LED
[V]
[mA]
[mA]
90
< 500
-40...300
GA
Display unit
Control monitors for temperature sensors

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
-40...150
GA
Display unit
18...28
TR8430
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting clamp 34 mm Housing materials: PBT
E10017
Mounting clamp 34 mm Housing materials: PA
E10193
Mounting set for direct connection of temperature sensors TT to control monitors TR Housing materials: stainless steel
E30017
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
E11231
E11232
271
For industrial
applications
Pt100 / Pt1000 temperature sensors

4-wire Pt100 / Pt1000, 6 or 10 mm,
PTFE cable with M12 connector
Temperature sensors for
installation in clamp fittings
from -50...250 C
Connection to the evaluation unit
via M12 connector
Temperature sensors for evaluation unit

Different requirements in a variety of applications demand
temperature sensors which differ in the required accuracy,
materials used and design. Furthermore the connection to
existing evaluation units is as requested as the connection to
PLCs or AS-i modules. The listed Pt100 / Pt1000 temperature
sensors can be directly connected to the ifm evaluation unit
TR or the temperature plug TP. Connection is conveniently
made via M12 connectors.
The right sensor for every application
The sensors TS2056 and TS2256 can be used at temperatures
much above 200 C. In conjunction with the evaluation unit
TR2432 they are a sensible combination for use in higher
temperature areas.
272
Temperature sensors
Cable sensors for standard applications

Type
Measuring
range
Diameter
[C]
[mm]
Cable
material
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
Order
no.
[s]
Cable with connector 2 m high-grade stainless steel
-40...150
10 / L = 42
FPM (Viton) cable
1 x Pt 1000
6 / 25
TS2051
-50...250
10 / L = 42
PTFE cable
1 x Pt 100
12 / 39
TS2056
-40...150
6 / L = 45
FPM (Viton) cable
1 x Pt 1000
3 / 10
TS2251
-50...250
6 / L = 50
PTFE cable
1 x Pt 100
11 / 37
TS2256
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Evaluation unit for temperature sensors G A

Housing materials: stainless steel / EPDM/X / PC / PBT / FPM
TR2432
Evaluation unit for temperature sensors G A

Housing materials: stainless steel / stainless steel / EPDM/X / PC / PBT / FPM
TR7432
Evaluation unit for temperature sensors G A Gold-plated contacts

Housing materials: stainless steel / stainless steel / EPDM/X / PC / PBT / FPM
TR8430
Measured signal converter for temperature sensors for Pt100 and Pt1000 measuring elements
TP3237
TP3231
TP3232
273
For industrial
applications
Pt100 / Pt1000 probe sensors

with 4-wire connection
Ideal response times of
T05 = 1 s and T09 = 3 s
Precise temperature measurement using
an integrated Pt100 / Pt1000 sensor
element
Robust stainless steel housing with
IP 68 and IP 69K protection ratings,
8 or 10 mm probe diameter
Pressure resistance of 160 bar for
different application areas
Variable installation depth thanks to
different probe lengths
Long lasting precision

The TTxx81 type probe sensors ensure very precise temperature measurement using a Pt100 element of precision class A.
In addition, long life is guaranteed by the high protection
ratings IP 68 / IP 69K and the stainless steel housing.
Even faster response times
Using the latest technologies, the response time is extremely
fast. This sensor is suited for all high-precision and rapid processes.
A wide range of applications
The sensors are available in 8 and 10 mm diameters as well as
in different lengths. So they can be integrated into almost any
application using process adapters and standardised M12
connectors.
The listed Pt100 / Pt1000 temperature sensors can be directly
connected to the ifm evaluation unit TR or the temperature
plug TP.
274
Temperature sensors
Pt100 probe sensors for standard applications

Type
Measuring
range
Diameter
Installation
length
[C]
[mm]
[mm]
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
Order
no.
[s]
M12 connector high-grade stainless steel

-40...150
10
160
1 x Pt 100
1/3
TT1081
-40...150
10
260
1 x Pt 100
1/3
TT2081
-40...150
10
360
1 x Pt 100
1/3
TT3081
-40...150
10
560
1 x Pt 100
1/3
TT5081
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
Order
no.
Pt1000 probe sensors for standard applications

Type
Measuring
range
Diameter
Installation
length
[C]
[mm]
[mm]
[s]
M12 connector high-grade stainless steel

-40...150
10
160
1 x Pt 1000
1/3
TT1050
-40...150
10
260
1 x Pt 1000
1/3
TT2050
-40...150
10
360
1 x Pt 1000
1/3
TT3050
-40...150
10
560
1 x Pt 1000
1/3
TT5050
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Evaluation unit for temperature sensors G A Housing materials: stainless steel / EPDM/X / PC / PBT / FPM
TR2432
Evaluation unit for temperature sensors G A Housing materials: stainless steel / stainless steel / EPDM/X / PC / PBT / FPM
TR7432
TP3237
TP3231
275
For industrial
applications
TP temperature plug
modular transmitter
Small, light housing with
M12 connections
Minimised installation and
error sources
Pt100 / Pt1000 evaluation from
-50...300 C scalable via IO-Link
Status LED signals the operating status
Full potting and ecolink M12 technology

guarantee high vibration resistance
Minimised installation and error sources

Using two standardised M12 connections, the installation complexity of the TP
temperature plug is reduced to a minimum as compared to a common head / DIN
rail transmitter. Furthermore, error sources such as cable clamps are eliminated.
Versatile use
Thanks to 4-wire Pt100 / Pt1000 evaluation, the transmitter can also be connected
to a Pt element using connection cables. Due to its small size, it is also suited for
harsh applications, because it can be installed in a safe position. In addition the
scalability of the TP between -50 and 300 C, using the USB interface E30396
allows individual adaptation of the measuring range to almost any application.
Use of a modular TP transmitter instead

of a common head / DIN rail transmitter.
276
Temperature sensors
Modular temperature transmitters

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
Ub
Ambient
temperature
[V]
[C]
Measuring element
Order
no.
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue DC

0...100
M12
20...32
-25...70
for Pt100 and Pt1000

measuring elements
TP3237
-50...150
M12
20...32
-25...70

measuring elements
TP3231
-50...300
M12
20...32
-25...70

measuring elements
TP3232
-18...149
M12
20...32
-25...70

measuring elements
TP3233
18...32
-25...70

measuring elements
TP9237
M12 connector Output function 0...10 V analogue DC
0...100
M12
Software
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30396
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
EVC005
Jumper straight / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 2 m
EVC013
EVC033
EVC034
277
For industrial
applications
Compact sensor with integrated

temperature probe and display
Analogue or switching output,
PNP/NPN selectable
Communication via IO-Link
specification 1.0
Temperature evaluation range
of -40...150 C
Easy handling via setting menu
Local display of the current

temperature via 10-segment display
Compact sensors - type TN

In many cases, an integrated display directly on the probe is
requested. The compact TN type temperature sensors with an
integrated temperature probe are distinguished by excellent
response times, high pressure resistance and adaptive process
connections. Analogue, switching and IO-Link signals are
freely programmable between -40...150 C.
The combined solution
For continuous temperature measurement, the temperature
amplifier TN2531 has a high-resolution and scalable analogue
output transmitting the measured values to a control system.
The integrated display allows direct readout of the current
process temperature at any time.
In addition, critical process states, e.g. reaching of minimum
or maximum limit temperatures, can be directly monitored by
means of the switching outputs.
Setting
Setting of all parameters as well as programming of the
switch points and indication of the current temperature are
carried out via a 4-digit alphanumeric display.
278
Temperature sensors
Compact temperature sensors with display, IO-Link

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
Installation
length
Ub
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[mm]
[V]
[s]
Order
no.
M12 connector
Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scalable) DC PNP/NPN
-40...150
M18 x 1.5
45
18...32
1/3
TN2531
1/3
TN7531
-40...150
M18 x 1.5
45
18...32
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting clamp 34 mm - 30 mm with reducing bush for type M30 Housing materials: PBT
E10077
E10017
Mounting clamp 34 mm Housing materials: PA
E10193
Protective cover for fluid sensors with M12 connector Housing materials: polyurethane
E30006
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 21 mm Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40096
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 21 mm Housing materials: brass
E40097
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1 Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 13.5 mm
Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40101
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18 for mounting in T-pieces Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 28.5 mm
Housing materials: nut: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / adapter: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / O-ring: FKM 16 x 1.5 gr 70 Shore A
E40104
Welding adapter M18 x 1.5 - 24 mm Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 15 mm
E40124
279
For industrial
applications
Temperature sensors
with easy-turn operating concept
Simple switch point setting
via two setting rings with
optimum readability
Excellent response time:
T05 = 1 s and T09 = 3 s
Mechanical locking prevents
unintentional maladjustment
Switch points freely adjustable
from -25 to 140 C
Switching independent of
operating temperatures
Fit set thats it

The first switching temperature sensor with intuitive handling, combined with an
excellent response time and a compact housing.
Easy to fit
The easy handling via two radial setting rings on the sensor enables quick and precise
setting of the switch points for the users, also without system temperature being
applied. Thanks to mechanical locking unintentional manipulation is excluded.
The protective cap, which can be obtained as an option, ensures protection against
tampering.
Intuitive setting of target values.
280
Temperature sensors
Compact temperature sensors

Type
Measuring
range
Process
connection
[C]
Installation
length
Ub
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[mm]
[V]
[s]
Order
no.
-25...140
GA
39
9.6...32
1/3
TK6130
-25...140
" NPT
39
9.6...32
1/3
TK6330
DC PNP
-25...140
GA
39
9.6...32
1/3
TK7130
-25...140
" NPT
39
9.6...32
1/3
TK7330
1/3
TK7480
M12 connector Output function 1 x normally open / 1 x normally closed DC PNP
-25...140
GA
267
9.6...32
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30094
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
281
For industrial
applications
Evaluation unit
for flow sensors
Integrated flow, temperature and
wire-break monitoring
Switch point, flow and temperature
setting via potentiometer
Multicolour LED bar graph display
for quick setting
Signal output via potential-free
relay contacts, changeover contacts
Connection options: insulation
displacement terminal, screw terminal
and cage clamp
Evaluation unit for sensors

The evaluation unit ensures high functionality in a space-saving housing for control
cabinet mounting. The connection options (Combicon) provide flexibility for different
connection concepts. In addition to flow indication via the multicolour LED bar
graph, the adjustable limit temperature of the medium as well as, for safety
reasons, a wire break between the sensor and the evaluation unit are signalled via
LEDs and a relay output. The operating elements are located on the front and can
be set using a screw driver. The evaluation units are available in two versions (AC or
DC) and form a system for flow monitoring together with the SF type flow sensors.
Local evaluation unit SR5900
The evaluation unit SR5900 is used for connection of SF type flow sensors with
different immersion depths. Standardised M12 connections are used for connecting
the evaluation unit and sensor as well as for the supply. The evaluation and display
unit SR5900 can be used in different applications, e.g. for various immersion depths
and a wide range of aggressive liquids. Flow and switch point are indicated by LEDs
directly on the unit.
282
The evaluation is carried out outside the

measurement location.
Signal evaluation systems
Control monitors for industrial applications

Type
Ub /
Tolerance
Current
consumpt.
Power
consumpt.
[V] / [%]
[mA]
[VA]
Combicon connector Output function
24 DC /
+10 / -20
90
Combicon connector Output function
90...240 AC /
-5 /+10
70
Output
when flow is
present
Output
when
temperature
is exceeded
Output
in case of
wire break
Order
no.
10...80
relay energised
relay energised
relay de-energised
SR0150*
10...80
relay energised
relay energised
relay de-energised
SN0150*
10
no / nc
programmable
SR5900
DC
AC
19...36 DC
Power-on
delay
time
[s]
DC PNP

circuit.
Flow sensors for connection to control monitors, industrial applications

Type
Setting range
liquids / gases
Greatest
sensitivity
Medium
temperature
Response
time
Max. T0
gradient
Pressure
rating
Order
no.
[cm/s]
[cm/s]
[C]
[s]
[K/min]
[bar]
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
300
300
SF5200
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
0...120 / 0...100
1...10
300
300
SF5300
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
300
300
SF5350
M12 connector
Cable 6 m
283
For industrial
applications
Inductive dual sensors

for valve actuators
Quick and secure mounting
using only three screws
Units with M12 connector
or terminal chamber
Non-contact and
self-cleaning system
Resistant to mechanical stress
such as vibration and shocks
Large selection of switching cams
Electronic valve position monitoring

In industrial processes where liquids, air or gases are used,
valves are needed for dosing and control. Pneumatic valve
actuators are normally used for mechanical positioning. The
valve position must be monitored electronically.
Dual sensor for valve actuators
ifm electronic offers a compact dual inductive sensor with
two integral sensors for position feedback on valve actuators.
A round target, also called a 'puck', with two metal screws
offset by 90 is mounted on the actuator shaft. The screws
are located at a different height. A compact dual inductive
sensor (type IND) with two integral sensors detects the upper
or lower metal screw depending on the valve position and
thus the two switch positions. This system operates reliably
with no wear at all. It is virtually resistant to external influence
and insensitive to mechanical stress such as vibration and
shock.
284
Feedback systems for valves

and valve actuators
Sensors for industrial applications

Type
Dimensions
Sensing
range
[mm]
[mm]
Material
Ub
Protection
[V]
f
AC / DC
Iload
AC / DC
[Hz]
[mA]
Order
no.
DC PNP
40 x 26 x 26
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 67
1300
250
IN5225
40 x 26 x 47
4 nf
PBT
10...36
IP 67
1300
250
IN5327
PA (polyamide)
10...30
IP 67
500
100
IN5409
10...36
IP 67
1300
250
IN5224
Terminals Output function
33 x 60 x 92
DC PNP
4 nf
40 x 26 x 26
DC PNP/NPN
4 nf
PBT
Switching cams for sensors with quarter-turn actuators

Type
Description
Order
no.
Target puck 53 mm 3 possible switching flag positions Housing materials: Target puck: PA 6 black / screws: V2A
E17320
Target puck 65 mm Housing materials: Target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A
E17327
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC004
EVC005
285
For industrial
applications
AS-Interface gateways
with AS-i master profile M4
Supports all slaves of
the AS-i specification 1.0 to 3.0
Extended diagnosis in the device display
and via the fieldbuses
Flexible handling of analogue values
For different fieldbuses:

Profibus DP, EtherNet/IP
AS-Interface
The actuator-sensor interface (AS-i) sets new technological standards in plant design
and automation.
AS-i considerably reduces wiring complexity since conventional parallel wiring of
each sensor or actuator to the controller is no longer necessary. This saves the user
a great number of terminals, splitter boxes, input/output cards and cable lines.
AS-i masters, gateways and controllers
AS-i masters and gateways are basic components of AS-i networks. They are usually
placed in the control cabinet and ensure data communication and power supply of
the connected slaves, sensors and actuators.
The AS-i master assumes the most important function in every AS-Interface
network. It is responsible for the control of the complete communication.
AS-i gateways make a connection from AS-Interface to a higher-level bus system.
Thus the advantages of both systems can be combined.
Via fieldbus gateways, e.g. to Profibus DP, several AS-i installation islands can be
connected to a control room across longer distances, e.g. in an assembly hall.
Gateways allow connection of AS-i to

different fieldbuses.
286
AS-Interface
controllers / gateways
Controllers / Gateways
Type
Number
of
AS-i masters
Description
Order
no.

AC1327

AC1337
AC1355
AC1356
AS-i DP controller E AS-i PLC with Profibus-DP interface Full master functions Graphic display
AC1365
AS-i DP controller E AS-i PLC with Profibus-DP interface Full master functions Graphic display
AC1366
SmartLink DP AS-i gateway / Profibus DP Full master functions Graphic display

AC1375
AS-i DP gateway Full master functions Graphic display Profibus DP interface

AC1376
AS-i Profinet gateway AS-i master Ethernet configuration interface with dynamic web interface
for configuration and diagnosis including remote maintenance Profinet RT device class B
LCD colour display Device supply either via 24 V or AS-i (AS-i bus 1) Housing materials: aluminium
powder coated / steel sheet galvanised / Makrolon
AC1401
AS-i Profinet gateway AS-i master Ethernet configuration interface with dynamic web interface
for configuration and diagnosis including remote maintenance Profinet RT device class B
AC1402
AS-i Profibus gateway AS-i master Ethernet configuration interface with dynamic web interface
for configuration and diagnosis including remote maintenance Profibus DP (DPV0 + DPV1)
AC1411
AS-i Profibus gateway AS-i master Ethernet configuration interface with dynamic web interface
for configuration and diagnosis including remote maintenance Profibus DP (DPV0 + DPV1)
AC1412
Accessories
Type
Description
CoDeSys for Automation Alliance Software CD for controller E Version 2.3 in several languages Single user licence
Compatible operating systems: Win2000 (32 bits), WinXP (32/64 bits), WinVista (32/64 bits), Win7 (32/64 bits)
Order
no.
AC0340
287
For industrial
applications
AS-i switched-mode
power supplies
Regulated AS-i output voltage
Power supply for AS-i networks
Different power classes up to 8 A
Robust connection terminals
Design matching ifm controllers
Stable AS-Interface systems

AS-i power supplies are the basis for the very high noise immunity of the AS-i
system in industrial environments. The quality of the power supplies ensures reliable
decoupling of the network from interference in the primary supply. Balancing of the
AS-i voltage reduces the effects of electromagnetic influence to a minimum.
AS-i power supplies supply all participants connected to the yellow AS-i cable. These
are usually slaves, connected sensors, intelligent actuators, the analogue part of the
master, and the repeaters. They provide an increased voltage of approx. 30 V which
is converted to the required 24 V voltage in the slaves.
In order to ensure decoupling between AS-i data and the supply only approved AS-i
power supplies may be used. The transmitting current for the signal modulation is
also generated in the AS-i power supply.
Common 24 V power supplies cannot be used instead of AS-i power supplies.
Fully expanded AS-Interface
ifm provides a complete AS-i family of

power supplies.
Using AS-i power supplies from ifm electronic the AS-i networks can be set up
reliably and economically in lengths of 100 to 1000 m when taking additional
measures.
288
AS-Interface power supplies /

earth fault monitors
AS-i power supplies

Type
Output
current
AS-i [A]
Description
Order
no.
2.8
Power supply AS-i power supply 115/230 V AC Integrated data decoupling steel sheet
AC1256
AC1254
Power supply DC convertor 24 V DC for AS-i system voltage Integrated data decoupling steel sheet
AC1257
Power supply Three-phase AS-i power supply 380...480 V AC Integrated data decoupling steel sheet
AC1253
AC1258
289
For industrial
applications
SmartLine:
AS-i control cabinet modules
Control cabinet modules as single slave
with extended addressing mode
Digital inputs and outputs
Transistor or relay output stage
Electrical connection via

Combicon terminals
Robust DIN rail mounting
Space-saving modules for DIN rail mounting

SmartLine modules can be mounted in any local box, control
panel or control cabinet.
Installation is made on robust DIN rails. The slim design with
a width of only 25 mm can contain up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs. Modules with the double width are available for more
power with a 230 V relay.
Addressing is carried out via the jack socket on the front
panel which is directly connected to the addressing unit by
means of the corresponding cable. Thus addressing is possible
at any time before or after mounting.
The powerful LEDs are also located on the front panel. The
supply voltage(s) and the peripheral signals are connected at
the top and at the bottom in the direction of the cable ducts
by means of plug-in Combicon terminals. These can be
equipped either with screw terminals, cage clamps, or
insulation displacement terminals by the customer.
290
The slim SmartLine modules can also be

installed in small control cabinets.
I/O modules for control cabinets

Type
Inputs /
outputs
Description
Order
no.
4 inputs
Active AS-i module String mounting possible Addressing socket Version 2.1
with extended addressing mode Digital inputs Combicon connection PA
AC2250
4 inputs / 4 outputs
Digital inputs and outputs Combicon connection PA
AC2251
4 outputs
Digital outputs Combicon connection PA
AC2252
4 inputs
Active AS-i module String mounting possible Addressing socket

Input supply from external PELV voltage source Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode
Digital inputs Combicon connection PA
AC2254

Input supply from external PELV voltage source Version 2.1 with extended addressing
mode Digital inputs and outputs Combicon connection PA
AC2255

Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode Digital inputs Combicon connection PA
AC2256
4 inputs / 4 outputs; bidirectional

External sensor supply PELV Version 2.1 Digital inputs and outputs
Combicon connection PA
AC2257

Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode Digital inputs and outputs
Combicon connection PA
AC2264
Active AS-i module String mounting possible Addressing socket External sensor
supply PELV Version 3.0 with extended addressing mode Only for operation with AS-i
masters with the profile M4 Digital inputs and outputs Combicon connection PA
AC2267
4 inputs 4...20 mA
Active AS-i module AS-i profile S-7.3 4 analogue inputs 4...20 mA Supply either
from AS-i or an external 24 V source For the connection of 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors
Combicon connector for sensor connection PA 6.6
AC2216
4 inputs 0...10 V
Active AS-i module AS-i profile S-7.3 4 analogue inputs 0...10 V For the connection
of 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors Combicon connector for sensor connection PA 6.6
AC2217
4 outputs 0...10 V
Active AS-i module AS-i profile S-7.3 4 analogue outputs 0...10 V For the connection
of 2-wire actuators or 4-wire actuators with separate 24 V supply Combicon connector
for actuator connection PA 6.6
AC2219
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Combicon connector with screw terminals 4-pole Housing materials: current carrying parts: copper alloy tin-plated
E70230
Addressing cable for AS-i slaves 1.6 m
E70213
AS-i addressing unit AS-i version 3.0 with extended addressing mode
AC1154
291
For industrial
applications
CompactLine:
AS-i modules for field applications
Particularly shock and vibration resistant
AS-i module
A/B slave with four inputs and
four outputs
Digital input and output modules
Unimpressed by shock and vibration

The digital modules from the CompactLine product family are
extremely robust. This makes them ideal for direct field use.
Furthermore, the full potting protects the components from
harsh conditions. The asymmetrically acting vibration protection
of the ecolink connection technology holds the coupling nut
tight in its position.
This ensures ideal and permanent sealing between the module
and connector.
ecolink - the safe connection
The end stop integrated into the ecolink M12 connection protects the O-ring from destruction caused by overtightening
the nut. The O-ring is always correctly compressed without an
expensive torque wrench, ensuring a high protection rating.
292
Field modules IP 67
Type
Inputs /
outputs
Description
Order
no.
4 inputs
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible Digital inputs Sockets M12 x 1

PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part: Brass nickel-plated /
O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2410
4 inputs
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended
addressing mode Digital inputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated /
threaded inserts in the lower part: Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts:
CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2457
Active CompactLine module 60 x 118.2 x 27 IR addressing possible Digital inputs and

outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part:
Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2411
4 outputs
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible Digital outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA /

socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part: Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring :
Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2417
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible Digital inputs and outputs

Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part: Brass
nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2459
Active CompactLine module IR addressing possible External sensor supply PELV

Digital inputs and outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded
inserts in the lower part: Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6
surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2466
Active CompactLine module 60 x 152 x 27 IR addressing possible Digital inputs and

outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA / socket: Brass nickel-plated / threaded inserts in the lower part:
Brass nickel-plated / O-Ring : Viton / Piercing contacts: CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2412
4 inputs
Compact M8 AS-i module 90.5 x 30 x 23.5 Digital inputs Version 2.11 and 3.0 with
extended addressing mode M8 ecolink interface Sockets M8 x 1 PBT / Piercing contacts:
CuSn6 surface nickel and tin-plated
AC2484
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
AS-i flat cable reverse polarity protection due to special shape

for use in insulation displacement connector technology for FC lower parts and compact modules 100 m
E74000
AS-i flat cable reverse polarity protection due to special shape

for use in insulation displacement connector technology for FC lower parts and compact modules 100 m
E74010
AC1154
Addressing cable for the addressing of active AS-i compact modules
E70423
293
For industrial
applications
ClassicLine:
AS-i field modules with quick mounting technology
A/B slave with four inputs and
four outputs
Digital input and output modules
Toolless mounting
Three freely selectable directions

of rotation of the flat cable
Quick mounting technology

The ClassicLine modules for field applications are now easier
to use thanks to a novel installation technology. This technology guarantees fast, toolless and at the same time very
secure mounting.
Special features
Quick mounting of upper and lower parts
Very secure mounting
Removal using just one tool
Insertion of the flat cable from three different directions
High protection rating
Powerful LEDs for status and diagnosis
The modules can be addressed either prior to installation
without voltage or when connected and wired via the implemented addressing socket.
294
Time-saving toolless
installation.
Field modules IP 67
Type
Inputs /
outputs
Description
Order
no.
4-way splitter box
ClassicLine splitter box module Three orientations of the flat cable are possible
AS-i and AUX splitter box for the connection of intelligent sensors/actuators
Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5200
4 outputs
Active ClassicLine module Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable
are possible Digital outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5208
4 inputs
are possible Digital inputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5205
3 outputs
Active ClassicLine module Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode
Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible Digital outputs
Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5203
are possible Digital inputs and outputs (2 A) Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5211
4 outputs
are possible Digital outputs 2 A Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5213
2 outputs / 2 inputs
Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible Digital outputs
and inputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5214
4 inputs
Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible
Digital inputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5215
are possible Digital inputs and outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5209
8 digital inputs (2 slaves)
Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible Digital inputs
Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5210
are possible Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode Digital inputs and
outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5204
Active ClassicLine module Only for operation with AS-i masters with the profile M4
Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible Version 3.0 with
extended addressing mode Digital inputs and outputs Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5235
are possible Version 3.0 with extended addressing mode Only for operation with AS-i
masters with the profile M4 Digital inputs and outputs (2 A) Sockets M12 x 1 PA
AC5236
2 inputs 4...20 mA
Active ClassicLine module 2 analogue inputs 4...20 mA For the connection of 2-wire
and 3-wire sensors Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible PA
AC5222
295
For industrial
applications
AirBoxes:
AS-i pneumatics with quick mounting technology
Slide valves free from overlapping
Pressure peak resistance up to 12 bar
Extended addressing mode
Quick toolless mounting

of upper and lower parts
Insertion of the flat cable from
three directions
Pneumatic valves with AS-Interface

Decentralisation by means of AS-Interface has also left a
considerable mark on the field of pneumatics and changed it.
A variety of pneumatically operated cylinders are found, for
example, in conveying and storage technology where linear
movements, e.g. on lifting platforms, stoppers, shunts and
grippers are carried out. Cylinder sensors are used for feedback to the controller. This is where the AirBoxes come in.
They combine electrically controlled pneumatic valves in a
compact form and are controlled via the AS-Interface.
The AS-i AirBoxes are compact pneumatic valves, com-plemented by digital feedback inputs. They are integrated into a
ClassicLine housing and are compatible in terms of space and
mounting. The AS-i connection is carried out via the common
flat cable or round cable lower parts. 3/2, 4/2, 5/2 and
5/3-way valves are available.
The AirBox ClassicLine modules for field applications are now
easier to use thanks to a novel installation technology. This
technology guarantees fast, toolless and at the same time
very secure mounting.
296
A sensible
combination of IOs
and pneumatic
valves for field
applications.
AS-Interface
AirBoxes for pneumatics
Pneumatic and actuator solutions

Type
Inputs /
outputs
Description
Order
no.
2 inputs / 2 outputs; AirBox supply

via AS-i
AS-i AirBox 2 x 3/2-way slide valves free from overlapping monostable

Three orientations of the flat cable are possible AS-i flat cable connection
Addressing socket AS-i profile S-3.F.F PA / POM
AC5227

via AS-i

Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode Addressing socket PA / POM
AC5228

via external 24 V DC

AC5243
4 inputs / 1 output ; AirBox supply

via AS-i
AS-i AirBox 5/2-way slide valve free from overlapping monostable

AC5246
4 inputs / 1 output; AirBox supply

via external voltage 24 V DC
AS-i AirBox 5/2-way slide valve free from overlapping monostable

AC5249

via AS-i
AS-i AirBox 5/2-way bistable slide valve free from overlapping

AC5251

AS-i AirBox 5/2-way bistable slide valve free from overlapping

AC5253

via AS-i
AS-i AirBox 5/3-way slide valve free from overlapping closed

AC5270

AS-i AirBox 5/3-way slide valve free from overlapping closed

Addressing socket Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode PA / POM
AC5271
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Push-in L-fitting Housing materials: housing: PBT / release ring: polyoxymethylene / tooth lock washer: stainless steel / form ring:
acrylonitrile butadiene caoutchouc
E75228
Push-in T-fitting Housing materials: housing: PBT / release ring: polyoxymethylene / tooth lock washer: stainless steel / form ring:
acrylonitrile butadiene caoutchouc
E75227
Silencer Housing materials: connection piece: PP / filter: PE
E75232
297
For industrial
applications
Safety at Work:
AS-i safety monitors
AND / OR operations,
flip-flop function, timer functions
Monitoring of up to 31 safe
AS-i slaves in any groups
Applications: door monitoring,
light curtains, e-stop, two-hand control
Up to two safe enable circuits
for a wide range of applications
The Safety at Work system

In principle, the AS-i safety technology consists of two components: of a safe input
slave for connection of safety sensors and of the safety monitor as a monitoring element with positively-driven relays for the safe switch-off of the drives or actuators.
All other AS-i components used are standard.
Function
The AS-i safety monitor controls the code sequences to be transmitted in the AS-i
network. In the case of message deviations or timeouts it ensures the safe state
of the system. The safety monitors feature one or two independent output signal
switching devices. Furthermore, versions with one or two redundant output
switching elements are available.
Several safety monitors can be operated on an AS-i master per AS-i network. They
can be connected to the AS-i system at any position. So grouping is possible to
evaluate the safe AS-i slaves without problem. Known safety relay functions like
e-stop, stop categories 0 or 1, two-hand operation, enable switch can
be implemented via the software. One AS-i safety monitor thus replaces many
traditional safety relays.
Wherever a decentralised safety technology

is important, AS-i safety monitors can be
used.
298
Safety at Work
Type
Description
Order
no.
AS-i safety monitor Basic version 1-channel Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON
Screw terminal polyamide black Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC001S
AS-i safety monitor Basic version 2-channel Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON
AC002S
AS-i safety monitor Extended functionality 1-channel Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON
AC003S
AC004S
AC031S
AS-i safety monitor Extended functionality and integrated safe slave for triggering a safe AS-i output
2-channel Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 PL e Configuration and setup
by configuration software ASIMON V3.0 Screw terminal polyamide black
Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC032S
AS-i safety monitor 2 safe semi-conductor outputs SIL 3 to EN 62061, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 / PL e
Chip card to save the configuration data Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON V3 G2 USB 2.0 interface
Chip card and Combicon screw terminals supplied with the device Screw terminal
AC041S
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
AS-i Safety at Work ASIMON programming software Version 3.0

Configuration, set-up and diagnostics of the AS-i safety monitor
E7040S
Connection cable PC / AS-i safety monitor Parameter setting cable PC / AS-i safety monitor
Western connector RJ 45 8 poles / D-Sub socket 9 poles 2.5 m
E7001S
Combicon connector with screw terminals 4-pole Housing materials: current carrying parts: copper alloy tin-plated
E70230
299
For industrial
applications
AS-i safety modules

for control cabinet and field applications
Safe digital inputs and non safe outputs
Connection of safe mechanical contacts

and safe 3-wire sensors
Supply of the connected safety switches
from AS-i
Modules also available with quick
mounting technology
The Safety at Work system
AS-i
In principle, the AS-i safety technology consists of two components: of a safe input
slave for connection of the safety devices and of the safety monitor as a monitoring
element with positively-driven relays for the safe switch-off of the drives or
actuators.
AS-i-S
Safe input module
AS-interface
Using the safe input module safety-related components such as mechanical safety
switches or fail-safe inductive sensors without integrated AS-i interface can be connected to the AS-i system.
Evaluation to the Safety at Work protocol is carried out with one of the AS-i safety
monitors. All kinds of mechanical safety switches with two positively-driven contacts
and two independent switches with one contact each can be connected to the two
inputs.
AS-i safety modules are suited wherever

decentralised I/Os, modular design and
simplicity of the system are important.
300
Safety at Work
Type
Description
Order
no.
Safe active AS-i ClassicLine module IR addressing possible Performance Level e to EN ISO 13849-1 for the connection of
mechanical contacts Sockets M12 x 1 PBT Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4
ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC006S
AS-i Safety at Work Safe AS-i input module 2SI - 2LO Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible
Sockets M12 x 1 PA Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4* ISO 13849-1: PL e* IEC 62061: SILcl 3
AC505S
AS-i Safety at Work Safe AS-i input module 4SI / 2DO T / 2LO Addressing socket Three orientations of the flat cable are possible
Sockets M12 x 1 PA Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: PL d IEC 62061: SILcl 2
AC506S
Safe active AS-i module Performance Level e to EN ISO 13849-1 et IEC 61508 / SIL 3 for the connection of mechanical contacts
Combicon connection PA Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC009S
Safe active AS-i output module SIL 3 to EN 62061, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 / PL e for the safe triggering of
actuators Combicon connection PA Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC030S
Safe active AS-i module Connection via M12x1 sockets or cage clamps Control category 4 according to EN954-1 and IEC 61508 /
SIL 3 For connection of an electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) type 4 to EN 61496-1 PA 6 Complies with the
requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC007S
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
FC-E coupling module Quick mounting technology for AS-i flat cable Housing materials: PBT
AC5003
AC1154
Addressing cable for AS-i slaves 1.6 m
E70213
Illuminated E-STOP with integrated AS-i connection fool-proof E-STOP to EN ISO 13850 Pull to reset
AS-i interface via AS-i flat cable IP 67 Housing materials: PC GF20 Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4
ISO 13849-1: PL e IEC 61508: SIL 3
AC010S
301
For industrial
applications
RFID with AS-i

Industrially compatible identification
system in 125 kHz technology
Coding of workpiece carriers in
routing conveyors
Quick and easy set-up: plug & play
Read / write head requiring little space

due to slim design
Compact and at a low cost: antenna
and evaluation in one housing
RFID and AS-Interface for identification

The ID tags (code carriers) are mounted on the objects to be
identified such as tanks, goods or workpiece carriers. When
they come into the detection range of the read / write heads,
the information is read at up to 0.5 m/s. The read / write
heads are used in the AS-i network as analogue slaves according to the profile 7.4 or 7.3 with an M4 master controlling
up to 31 RFID systems.
The transmission of energy between the ID tag and the read /
write head is based on the physical principle of inductive
coupling with a frequency of 125 kHz.
The compact RFID systems include, in addition to the antenna,
the complete evaluation and the interface to AS-i. The devices
can be operated directly at the AS-Interface, enabling the
data transmission to the controller, e.g. check a defined
number of characters within a code.
302
RFID 125 kHz
RFID system 125 kHz with AS-Interface

Type
Dimensions
Travel speed
read / write
Process
interface
Order
no.
[mm]
[m/s]
55 x 24 x 41
read: 0.5 (distance to the ID tag 15mm) write: only static
AS-i
DTA100
55 x 24 x 41
read: 0.5 (distance to the ID tag 15mm)
AS-i
DTA101
40 x 40 x 54
AS-i
DTA200
40 x 40 x 54
AS-i
DTA201
92 x 80 x 40
AS-i
DTA300
92 x 80 x 40
AS-i
DTA301
M12 connector
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
ID tag ID-TAG/M5x16.5/01 M5 x 16.5 mm Screw mounting Housing materials: PA black (RAL 9005)
E80301
ID tag ID-TAG/TRIANGLE HOUSING/01 with ID tag E80301 Housing materials: PBT orange (RAL 2003) / PA black (RAL 9005)
E80302
ID tag ID-TAG/D30x2.15/01 30 x 2.15 mm Housing materials: polycarbonate black
E80318
ID tag ID-TAG/D50x2.2/01 50 x 2.2 mm Housing materials: polycarbonate black
E80319
ID tag ID-TAG/D26x4/01 26 x 4 mm Housing materials: PA High Temperature
E80322
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC012
EVC013
EVC014
303
For industrial
applications
RFID with Profibus-DP

Flexible RFID system with evaluation unit,
antennas and tags
RFID evaluation unit with Profibus-DP
and web server
Evaluation unit with four antenna
terminals or digital I/Os
Read / write antennas in an industrially
compatible housing
Antennas and tags from a few bits
to Kbytes
Monitor production steps

The new RFID evaluation unit with integrated Profibus-DP interface and web server
is widely used in production to mark tools, for quality assurance such as monitoring
production steps, in conveying and automation technology. Easy to use flexible
parameter setting you can solve any identification task.
The antenna concept guarantees easy and fast connection of the LF and HF RFID
antennas to the evaluation unit by means of M12 connectors of 0.3...20 m from
ifm electronic.
The product range of the tags includes not only LF tags with up to 2 Kbit memory
but also HF tags with 16 Kbits as FRAM version which can be rewritten an unlimited
number of times.
The new RFID evaluation unit from
ifm electronic with integrated Profibus-DP
interface and webserver is widely used in
production.
304
RFID 13.56 MHz
RFID system DTE 100 with Profibus DP

Type
Description
Order
no.
M12 connector
RFID evaluation unit for up to 4 read/write heads type ANT41x/ANT51x

Housing materials: Upper part: PA Grivory GV-5H orange / Upper part: TPE / lower part: GD-AlSi12
DTE100
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Read/write head M12 connector 5 positions of the sensing face selectable

Housing materials: housing: PA / Metal parts: stainless steel
ANT513
Read/write head M12 connector Housing materials: housing: stainless steel
ANT410
Read/write head M12 connector Housing materials: housing: stainless steel
ANT411
ID tag ID-TAG/30X2.5/05 - 256 bit 30 x 2.5 mm Housing materials: PA 6 black
E80360
E80361
ID tag ID-TAG/30X2.8/03 - 16 Kbit 30 x 2.8 mm Housing materials: PA 6 black
E80370
E80371
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper M12 plug / RJ45 plug, 4/8-pole, 4-wire
E11898
Jumper straight / straight Ethernet Patch cable 2 m Housing materials: PUR / PC
E12090
305
For industrial
applications
RFID UHF system

with integrated EtherNet/IP
EtherNet/IP interface for data
transmission to the controller
UHF read / write unit with
4 antenna connections and digital I/Os
Ultra-low, low, mid and wide-range
antennas for every application
Ethernet TCP/IP interface for parameter
setting
Industrially compatible protection
rating IP 65 / IP 67
Applications
Owing to its application-specific antennas, the new UHF system platform from ifm
electronic is widely used in automation technology, e.g. in production, logistics and
conveying. Goods, packaging or pallets but also individual products can be identified
without contact.
The standardised EtherNet/IP interface with M12 connection enables quick and easy
integration into the higher level automation or process control. Current is supplied
directly via an M12 connection. The connected sensors or actuators to be triggered
are supplied via two additional M12 sockets.
A robust housing with protection rating IP 65 and a wide temperature range ensure
the use of the readers in harsh industrial environments.
The UHF antenna concept
The ultra-low and low-range antennas are distinguished by the near field. In order
to achieve high selectivity, small designs are used as they allow short reading ranges.
Optimised antennas are available

for all ranges.
The mid-range antenna is chosen for applications in the near / far field with reading
ranges of up to 2 m.
The wide-range antennas with a 70 angle of aperture have been developed for
applications in the far field where reading ranges of up to 10 m are required.
306
RFID UHF
RFID UHF readers

Type
Description
Order
no.
M12 connector
RFID UHF reader M12 connector Housing materials: Protective cover: plastics / housing: metal
Operating frequency 865-868 (ETSI) MHz Inputs: 2, digital Outputs: 2, digital
DTE800
Operating frequency 902...928 (FCC) MHz Inputs: 2, digital Outputs: 2, digital
DTE900
Operating frequency 865-868 (ETSI) MHz Inputs: 4; digital Outputs: 4; digital
DTE810
Operating frequency 902...928 (FCC) MHz Inputs: 4; digital Outputs: 4; digital
DTE910
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
ANT805
ANT810
RFID UHF antenna Housing materials: housing: plastics Operating frequency 902...928 (FCC) MHz
ANT910
ANT820
ANT830
RFID UHF antenna Housing materials: cover: plastics / housing: aluminium Operating frequency 902...928 (FCC) MHz
ANT930
ID tag ID-TAG/D50x3.3/04 50 x 3.3 mm Housing materials: PA 6
E80350
E80351
ID tag ID-TAG/R30X10/04 30 x 10 mm Housing materials: PU black
E80353
ID tag ID-TAG/R40X10/04 40 x 32 x 8 mm Housing materials: nylon black
E80354
307
For industrial
applications
Multicode readers
for identification of codes
Reading of DataMatrix codes according
to ECC200 and other 1D / 2D codes
Very small housing for flexible use
Simple, menu-guided parameter setting
Integrated lighting
Adjustable code comparator in the sensor
DataMatrix code readers

Throughout industry one code is becoming more and more
popular: the DataMatrix code to ECC200. The DataMatrix
code is a two-dimensional code containing much more information with the same structure size than comparable codes
like bar code or stacked codes. Several thousand characters
can be stored in one code. Other advantages are the high
reading speed and very high reading security even if the code
is soiled or damaged. In addition to the DataMatrix code the
ifm sensor reads many other 1D or 2D codes.
Orientation-independent reading
Independent of the orientation and the number of codes, the
high-performance algorithms automatically decode 1D or 2D
codes.
Code comparator system in the sensor
Complex application programming is no longer necessary due
to adjustable, selective code identification and comparison in
the sensor.
308
1D/2D code readers
Multicode reader
Type
Dimensions
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
Type
of light
Motion speed
LED
[m/s]
Process
interface
Order
no.
Multicode Reader M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles

60 x 42 x 53.5
64 x 48
red light
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I100
60 x 42 x 53.5
64 x 48
infrared
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I101
60 x 42 x 53.5
132 x 94
red light
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I102
60 x 42 x 53.5
132 x 94
infrared
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I103
60 x 42 x 59
400 x 300
red light
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I104
60 x 42 x 59
400 x 300
infrared
3/5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
O2I105
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E2D110
E2D112
E21168
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
E11950
E11807
E11311
Jumper M12 plug / RJ45 plug, 4/8-pole, 4-wire
E11898
309
For industrial
applications
Vibration sensors
for VSE diagnostic unit
Permanent vibration monitoring
Three designs
Temperature range -30 to 125 C
Integrated self-test
Wide frequency range up to 10 kHz
Avoid machine damage

Vibration sensors monitor machines and plants and are designed for fixed mounting
on a machine. The sensor measures the rms vibration velocity on a non-rotating
component surface and is used for measured data acquisition, especially for the
octavis diagnostic unit, type VSE.
Vibration sensor VSA001
The accelerometer VSA001 ensures the correct transmission of high-frequency
vibration signals even over distances of up to 30 m. The compact and extremely
robust design provides good long-term stability and independence of temperature
even under adverse environmental conditions.
The special mechanical design as well as the integrated pigtail enable an almost
flush integration in the machine surface. The vibration sensor type VSA002 permits
vibration monitoring where the installation of a sensor has not been previously
possible due to lack of space.
Thanks to the flat design of about 12 mm and the lateral entry of the shielded cable
the unit can be installed in locations which are difficult to access.
Long-term stability, independence

of temperature and noise immunity thanks
to state-of-the-art silicon sensors.
310
Vibration sensors for external diagnostic electronics type VSE

Type
Description
Order
no.
Vibration sensor For connection to external diagnostic electronics Connector

Housing materials: housing: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
VSA001
Vibration sensor For connection to external diagnostic electronics Cable with connector 2 m
VSA002
Vibration sensor for connection to external diagnostic electronics type VSExxx Cable 3 m
VSA004
VSA005
Diagnostic electronics control cabinet modules for vibration diagnosis type VSE
Type
Description
Order
no.
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors Ethernet interface Combicon connection Housing materials: PA
VSE002
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors 4 sensor inputs 0...10 mA Ethernet interface Combicon connection
Housing materials: PA
VSE100
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
EVC003
311
For industrial
applications
Diagnostic unit
for vibration sensors
Low system costs for an optimised
machine uptime
Frequency-selective machine diagnosis
of up to four measuring points
Ethernet interface for integration into
operational data logging systems
Integrated history memory
with real-time clock
Correlation possible with two operating
parameters (e.g. speed and power)
Diagnostic unit VSE002

Using the diagnostic unit it is possible to continuously and simultaneously analyse
and evaluate the measured signals of up to four vibration sensors with the octavis
technology. Pre-alarm and alarm are electrically signalled via switching outputs.
The trend can be electrically signalled via the analogue output. 2000 values can be
stored in the diagnostic unit.
Diagnostic unit VSE100
In addition to the standard alarm and analogue outputs VSE100 can signal up to
eight other freely configurable I/O states of diagnosis objects. Also, the I/Os can be
used as inputs, electronically trigger diagnosis (e.g. in a reference run of a machine
tool spindle), collect switching states of other sensors and transmit them to the
operational data logging system via the OPC standard. The integrated FIFO history
memory can store 33,000 values with time stamp.
Using the Ethernet interface the decentralised diagnostic unit can also be integrated
into higher-level systems. Due to the compatibility of the data (OPC) the diagnostic
values can be easily integrated into all usual visualisation environments and can be
made accessible to remote diagnosis within the framework of teleservice concepts.
312
Diagnostic electronics control cabinet modules for vibration diagnosis type VSE
Type
Description
Order
no.
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors Ethernet interface Combicon connection Housing materials: PA
VSE002
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors 4 sensor inputs 0...10 mA Ethernet interface Combicon connection
VSE100
Vibration sensors for external diagnostic electronics type VSE

Type
Description
Order
no.
Vibration sensor For connection to external diagnostic electronics Connector

VSA001
Vibration sensor For connection to external diagnostic electronics Cable with connector 2 m
VSA002
VSA004
VSA005
Accessories VSE
Type
Description
Order
no.
Parameter setting software for VSExxx
VES003
Jumper straight / straight Ethernet Cross-over patch cable 2 m Housing materials: PUR
EC2080
313
For industrial
applications
Vibration sensors
and transmitters
Permanent vibration monitoring
to ISO 10816
Transmitter signal 4...20 mA for direct
display at the control desk
LED display on the unit
VK sensors combine switching function

and transmitter in one unit
Avoid machine damage

Vibration sensors type VT and VK monitor machines and plants to ISO 10816 and
are designed for fixed mounting on a machine. The sensor measures the rms
vibration velocity (true rms) on a non-rotating component surface. It transfers the
characteristic value as current signal (4...20 mA) to the process control system.
Vibration monitor VK
Vibration sensors type VK additionally have a switching output. When an adjustable
limit value is exceeded the device sets to alarm via a switching contact.
The easy set-up via two radial setting rings allows quick setting of the switch
point and response delay. The protective cap, which can be obtained as an option,
ensures protection against tampering.
Set-up
The units are easy to set up without an additional parameter setting software.
314
Monitoring of the overall vibration of

rotating parts (fans, centrifuges, etc.).
Vibration monitors for vibration monitoring of machines and plants to ISO 10816
Type
Description
Order
no.
Vibration monitor Connection via M12 connector Vibration monitor to DIN ISO 10816 Measuring range RMS: 0...25 mm/s
Switching outputs: normally closed and analogue 4...20 mA Housing materials: PBT / PC / FPM / stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
VKV021
Vibration sensor Connection via M12 connector Vibration monitor to DIN ISO 10816 Measuring range RMS: 0...50 mm/s
Switching outputs: normally closed and analogue 4...20 mA Housing materials: PBT / PC / FPM / stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
VKV022
Vibration transmitter Connection via M12 connector Vibration transmitter to ISO 10816 Measuring range RMS: 0...25 mm/s
Analogue output 4...20 mA Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
VTV122
Accessories VK
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30094
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
EVC003
315
For industrial
applications
Combined oil moisture

and temperature sensor
Continuous condition monitoring of oils
Two analogue outputs (4...20 mA)

for relative moisture and temperature
Wide input voltage range 9...33 V DC
Medium temperature -20...100 C
Process connection G 3/4 for direct

installation
Application
Water is generally not wanted in hydraulic liquids and lubricants. High concentrations
of water can seriously affect operation or even cause damage.
Measuring principle
The sensor measures the relative moisture in the oil in the range of 0...100 % by
means of a capacitive measuring element. At 0 % the oil is absolutely without any
water content. At 100 %, however, the medium is completely saturated. No more
water is dissolved and is then present as free water.
Besides the relative moisture the sensor also outputs the medium temperature as an
analogue signal.
LDH100 to ensure that oil remains dry!
316
Systems for
oil quality monitoring
Oil humidity sensor

Type
Process
connection
Pressure
rating
Protection
[bar]
Medium
temperature
oil
[C]
Ambient
temperature
-20...100
-20...85
Order
no.
[C]
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue
10
IP 67
LDH100
Accessories for oil humidity sensor LDH

Type
Description
Adapter block D33 / G for oil humidity sensor LDH100 Housing materials: aluminium
Order
no.
E43400
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket angled M12 connector 2 m Housing materials: TPU
E80022
Socket straight M12 connector 2 m Housing materials: TPU
E80021
317
For industrial
applications
ecolink
connection technology
Connection technology meets the
M8/M12 standard (EN 61076)
Optimum sealing even when
mounted without tools
Mechanical end stop protects the
O-ring against destruction
Nut secured against shock and vibration
due to saw tooth vibration protection
LEDs clearly visible even in cases
of high light exposure
ecolink connection technology for demanding applications

Most applications require special solutions. Only high-quality materials, assured
production processes and faultless assembly lead to success in the long run.
The innovative profiled sealing ring seals radially and axially, guaranteeing a high
protection rating. No tools needed for installation and removal.
The asymmetrically acting vibration protection holds the nut tight in its position,
guaranteeing optimum and permanent sealing.
High-quality materials especially suited to the application and intensive monitoring
during and after production guarantee maximum quality standards.
EVW type sockets are designed for welding applications. They have a weld-slag
resistant PUR cable, a nut with weld-slag resistant special coating, are suitable for
drag chains and torsion resistant.
EVT type sockets are designed for wet areas and can be used at ambient temperatures up to 100 C.
The secure connection even in difficult

applications.
318
Sockets
Sockets for industrial applications

Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC001
EVC002
EVC003
EVC004
EVC005
EVC006
EVW001
EVW002
EVW003
EVW004
EVW005
EVW006

EVT001

EVT002

EVT004

EVT005
319
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP
EVC007
EVC008
EVC009
EVW007
EVW008
EVW009
Socket angled Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 5 m Housing materials: housing: PVC black
transparent / sealing: EPDM
EVT007
Socket angled Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 10 m Housing materials: housing: PVC black
transparent / sealing: EPDM
EVT008
EVC070
EVC071
EVC072
320
EVW010
EVW011
EVW012
EVW013
Sockets
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVW014
EVW015
EVC141
EVC142
EVC143
EVC144
EVC145
EVC146
Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP
EVC147
EVC148
EVC149
EVC150
EVC151
EVC152
EVC153
321
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC154
EVC155
E11231
E11232
E11950
E11807
Socket angled Free from halogen M23 connector 5 m Housing materials: PUR black
E11739
Socket straight Free from halogen M23 connector 5 m Housing materials: PUR black
E11736
Jumper cables
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC043
EVC044
Jumper M12 plug / M12 socket, 3/5-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP
322
Jumper straight / angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 0.3 m
Housing materials: housing connector: TPU orange / housing socket: TPU black transparent / sealing: FKM
EVC050
EVC051
Sockets
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper straight / angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 1 m
EVC052
EVC053
EVC054
Jumper angled / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 0.3 m
EVC025
Jumper angled / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 0.6 m
EVC026
Jumper angled / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 1 m
EVC027
EVC028
EVC029
Jumper angled / angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 0.3 m
EVC030
EVC031
EVC032
EVC033
EVC034
Jumper straight / straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts 0.3 m
EVC010
EVC011
EVC012
323
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC013
EVC014
EVC108
EVC015
EVC016
EVC017
EVC018
EVC019
EVC109
EVW024
EVW025
EVW026
EVW028
EVW029
324
EVC035
EVC020
Sockets
Type
Description
Order
no.
EVC021
EVC022
EVC023
EVC024
EVC135
EVC036
EVC037
EVC038
EVC039
Jumper straight / angled Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts For welding applications 1 m
EVW038
EVW039
EVW040
EVW041
EVW042
Jumper M8-plug / M8-socket, 3-pole, 3-wire
EVC265
EVC266
325
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper M8-plug / M8-socket, 3-pole, 3-wire
EVC267
EVC268
EVC269
EVC275
EVC276
EVC277
EVC278
EVC279
Jumper M12 plug / M8 socket, 3-pole, 3-wire
326
EVC215
EVC216
EVC217
EVC218
EVC219
EVC230
EVC231
EVC232
Sockets
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper M12 plug / M8 socket, 3-pole, 3-wire
EVC233
EVC234
Jumper M8-plug / M12-socket, 3/5-pole, 3-wire
EVC255
EVC256
EVC257
EVC258
EVC259
Jumper M8-plug / M12-socket, 3/5/4-pole, 3-wire
EVC245
EVC246
EVC247
EVC248
EVC249
Jumper M12 plug / M12 plug, 4-pole, 4-wire
E21139
Adapter , 4/8-pole
Adapter angled Connector
E21140
327
For industrial
applications
Cable plugs for industrial applications

Type
Description
Order
no.
Cable plug M12, 4-pole, 4-wire
Cable plug straight Free from silicone Free from halogen Gold-plated contacts M12 connector 2 m
Housing materials: housing: TPU orange
EVC076
EVC077
EVC078
Connectors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Wirable socket M12, 4-pole
Wirable socket straight Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11508
Wirable socket angled Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11509
Wirable socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP
E11510
Wirable plug M12, 4-pole
Wirable plug straight Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11504
Wirable plug angled Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11505
Wirable socket M12, 5-pole
Wirable socket straight Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11511
E11512
Wirable plug straight Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
328
E11506
Sockets
Type
Description
Order
no.
Wirable plug angled Free from silicone Free from halogen wirable Gold-plated contacts M12 connector
E11507
Wirable M23 socket, 12 poles
Wirable socket angled wirable M23 connector Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E10447
Wirable socket straight wirable M23 connector Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E10448
329
For industrial
applications
Central splitter M12

with ecolink technology
The mechanical end stop protects
the O-ring against destruction
Optimum sealing even when
mounted without tools
Connection technology meets
the M12 standard (EN 61076)
High-quality materials for
a high plant uptime
Splitter with ecolink technology for demanding

applications.
Most applications require special solutions.
Only high-quality materials, assured production processes
and faultless installation lead to success in the long run.
The new ecolink technology prevents incorrect mounting.
An integrated mechanical end stop protects the O-ring from
destruction. So rapid and secure installation is possible
without an expensive torque wrench.
Splitter with ecolink

technology, the
secure connection.
330
Splitter boxes
Splitter boxes for industrial applications

Type
Description
Order
no.
M12 splitter box for 1 signal
Splitter box 4 way Free from halogen Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts Cable 5 m Housing materials: PA
EBC013
EBC025
EBC017
EBC029
EBC021
EBC033
Splitter box 4 way Free from halogen Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts Housing materials: PA
EBC001
EBC005
EBC009
M12 splitter box for 1 signal, LED
EBC015
EBC027
EBC019
EBC031
EBC023
EBC035
331
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
M12 splitter box for 1 signal, LED
EBC002
EBC006
EBC010
M12 splitter box for 2 signals
EBC014
EBC026
EBC018
EBC030
EBC022
EBC034
EBC003
EBC007
EBC011
M12 splitter box for 2 signals, LED
332
EBC016
EBC028
EBC020
Splitter boxes
Type
Description
Order
no.
M12 splitter box for 2 signals, LED
EBC032
EBC024
EBC036
EBC004
EBC008
EBC012
T splitter M12 x 1 Housing materials: PUR
E11562
T splitter M12 x 1 Orientation: connectors A / B horizontal (for a vertical sensor) Housing materials: PUR
E11566
T splitter M12 x 1 Housing materials: PUR
E11627
T splitter
T splitter , 4/3-pole
T splitter M12 plug - 2 M8 sockets Free from halogen Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts Housing materials: PUR
E10802
T splitter , 5-pole
T splitter M12 plug - 2 M12 sockets Free from halogen Free from silicone Gold-plated contacts Housing materials: PUR
E10803
333
For industrial
applications
Basic mounting accessories,

adjustable mounting systems
Basic mounting accessories
Adjustable mounting systems
Accessories for photoelectric sensors
Accessories for cylinder sensors
Accessories for vision sensors
Mounting accessories
The correct mounting of the sensor is decisive for the machine function.
ifm electronic offers a complete range of accessories for simple and secure
mounting.
In addition to individual components such as angle brackets, nuts and mounting
clamps, special mounting sets and adjustable mounting systems allow low-cost,
fast and flexible mounting solutions.
Accessories for photoelectric sensors
Especially for photoelectric sensors the quality of fastening and accessories used is
of great importance for the reliability of the complete sensor system.
Here you find the suitable reflectors, angle brackets, mounting sets, diaphragms
and lenses.
Accessories for cylinder sensors
For cylinder sensors ifm provides tailor-made accessories for fastening the sensors
to the different pneumatic cylinder types.
334
Accessories
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E10015
E10076
E10077
Limit plungers for types M8 x 1 with Sn = 1 mm f, 2 mm f and 3 mm f

Housing materials: Limit plungers: free cutting steel / plunger: C45K hardened on front / nut: Brass nickel-plated
E10154
Mounting clamp 8 mm Housing materials: aluminium black anodised
E10221
Angle bracket for type M8 Housing materials: stainless steel
E10734
E10735
E10736
E10737
Mounting sleeve M16 x 1 - 12 mm 45 mm with end stop for type M12 Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E10741
Mounting sleeve M24 x 1.5 - 18 mm 58 mm with end stop for type M18 Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E10742
Mounting sleeve M12 x 1 - 8 mm 32 mm with end stop for type M8 Housing materials: Brass special coating
E10848
Mounting sleeve M16 x 1 - 12 mm 34 mm with end stop for type M12 Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E10806
E10807
E10808
Mounting clamp 8 mm with end stop for type M8 Housing materials: PC
E11521
335
For industrial
applications
Type
336
Description
Order
no.
E11047
E11048
E11049
Mounting sleeve M16 x 1 - 12 mm with end stop for type M12 Housing materials: Brass nickel-plated
E11114
Mounting sleeve M22 x 1 - 18 mm with end stop for type M18 Housing materials: Brass white bronze coated
E11115
Mounting clip O-shaped for type M12 Housing materials: stainless steel
E11533
Mounting clip O-shaped for type M18 Housing materials: stainless steel
E11534
Mounting plate for type IMC Housing materials: Mounting plate: stainless steel / washer: stainless steel / screws: stainless steel
E12106
Adapter for clean-line cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) Housing materials: stainless steel
E11877
Adapter for tie rod cylinders (or cylinders of the same dimensions) for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors)
Clamping range 3...5 mm Housing materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11913
Adapter for tie rod cylinders (or cylinders of the same dimensions) for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors)
E11912
Adapter for tie rod / integrated profile cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors)
E11797
E11801
E11799
Adapter for trapezoidal slot cylinders for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors)
Housing materials: aluminium alloy / set screw: stainless steel
E11796
E11816
E11817
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E11818
E11819
E11820
E11821
E11822
Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel / Fixing strap: stainless steel
E11975
E11976
E11977
E11978
E11979
E11980
E11981
E11982
E20718
E20720
E20719
Mounting set Clamp mounting rod mounting 12 mm for type O1D

Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel / screws: stainless steel / nut: high-grade stainless steel
E2D101
337
For industrial
applications
Type
338
Description
Order
no.
E2D112
E21085

E21083
E21084
E21087
Angle bracket for type OJ Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel
E20984
mounting rod 12 / M10 Length: 200 mm angled Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E20940
mounting rod 12 / M10 Length: 130 mm straight Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E20938
Cube M8 aluminium profile Housing materials: diecast zinc
E20950
E20951
E20952

E20856

E20860
Mounting set 18.5 mm Clamp mounting aluminium profile for type OG, IG, KG
Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc
E20866
Mounting set 18.5 mm Clamp mounting aluminium profile for type OG, IG, KG
Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc
E20867
Swivel-mount clip for type OJ Housing materials: diecast zinc
E20974
Mounting set OJ for side lens Clamp mounting free-standing M8

E20968
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E20003
E20004
E20005
Prismatic reflector 45 x 28 mm rectangular For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors Housing materials: plastics
E20452
E20454
E20722
E20739
Housing materials: front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20744
Prismatic reflector 25 mm round fixing by screw For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors
E20953
E20954
E20956
E20990
E20992
E20993
Prismatic reflector 30 x 20 mm rectangular for retro-reflective laser sensors Housing materials: front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20994
Reflective tape TS-02 50 x 1000 mm For red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors Housing materials: plastics
E21015
Mounting rod 14 / M12 Length: 130 mm straight Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E20939
339
For industrial
applications
Type
340
Description
Order
no.
Connection piece 20 mm for the connection of two clamps with 20 mm Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E21076
clamp 14 mm rod mounting 14 mm Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel
E21109
clamp 12 mm rod mounting 12 mm Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel
E21110
Plastic diffuser O2D / O2I Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA
E21165
Plastic protective pane for the food industry O2D / O2I Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA
E21166
E21168
Laser protection pane plastic O2D / O2I Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA / filter: polycarbonate
E21169
Protective cover O1D Housing materials: bezel: ZnAl4Cu1 finish black / window: glass transparent
and colourless / sealing: FPM 75+/-5 Shore A black / screws: stainless steel
E21171
Daylight filter O2D Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA /
Metal ring: aluminium black anodised / sealing: FPM 75+/-5 Shore A black
E21172
E2D110
E2D112
Mounting bracket for Touch Panel PC for wall mounting VESA standard 100 x 100 mm
Housing materials: fixture: metal
E2D401
Mounting set for Touch Panel PC for control cabinet mounting Housing materials: fixture: metal / End cap: plastics
E2D402
Corner mirror Length: 250 mm for safety light curtains Protected area height 160 mm for type OY
Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics / Accessories: steel galvanised
EY1001
EY1002
EY1003
Corner mirror Length: 715 mm for safety light curtains Protected area height 610 mm for safety light grids 2 beams
for type OY Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics / Accessories: steel galvanised
EY1004
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Corner mirror Length: 885 mm for safety light curtains Protected area height 760 mm for type OY Housing materials:
aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics / Accessories: steel galvanised
EY1005
EY1006
EY1007
EY1008
EY1009
EY1010
Vibration damper for type OY Housing materials: rubber / metal galvanised
EY3001
Vibration damper for type OY Housing materials: rubber / metal galvanised
EY3002
Adjustable brackets axial 7 for type OY Housing materials: metal galvanised
EY3004
Adjustable brackets axial 7 for type OY Housing materials: metal galvanised
EY3005
Laser adjustment aid for safety light curtains for type OY Housing materials: plastics
EY3099
Test rod 14 mm Probe length: 150 mm for safety light curtains for type OY Housing materials: aluminium
EY3006
EY3007
EY3008
EY3009
E30000
Adapter G 1 - G Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / sealing: FPM
E30116
341
For industrial
applications
Type
342
Description
Order
no.
E30050
Damping screw for pressure sensors type Typ PA, PB, PN, PY, PZ
E30044
E30057
Flange adapter G Hole spacing 31.1 mm

Housing materials: sealing: NBR, acrylonitrile-butadiene-rubber / flange: aluminium / hollow screw: Brass
E30003
E30007
Welding adapter G 1 - 50 mm Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E30013
Adapter " NPT - G Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E30058
E43004
E43003
Mounting adapter 1" NPT D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: Brass / rubber ring: FPM
E43013
Mounting adapter " NPT D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
E43012
Mounting clamp 16 mm for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL Housing materials: PP
E43000
Mounting set 16 mm for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL Housing materials: PP / Metal parts: steel galvanised
E43016
Welding adapter 50 D16 for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
E43002
E43910
E43006
Flange plate 65-80 / G for level sensors LR Housing materials: flange: stainless steel
E43202
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Flange plate 73-90 / G for level sensors LR according to DIN 24557

Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / sealing: NBR
E43201
E43005
E43001
Accessories for flow sensors

Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter G 1 - R 1 for flow monitor type SU9 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40205
Adapter G 1 - " NPT for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40193
E40179
E40180
Adapter G - " NPT for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40191
E40178
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 21 mm Housing materials: brass
E40097
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 13.5 mm Housing materials: brass
E40098
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 21 mm Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40096
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 13.5 mm
E40099
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1 Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 13.5 mm
E40101
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18 for mounting in T-pieces Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 28.5 mm
Housing materials: nut: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / adapter: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / O-ring: FKM 16 x 1.5 gr 70 Shore A
E40104
343
For industrial
applications
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting clamp 23 mm for air flow monitor SLG Housing materials: PBT
E40048
Protective cover for flow sensors type SI5xxx, SI6xxx, SR59xx Housing materials: PP uncoloured
E40203
Adapter G - R for flow monitor type SM6 flat seal Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E40199
Adapter G - G for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E40216
Progressive ring T-piece DIN 2353 QL 18-18-18 for sensors and adapters with process connection M26 x 1.5
Recommendation: precision steel pipes 18 x 1.5 to DIN 2391/ISO 3304 Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E40078
E40079
E40080
Welding adapter M18 x 1.5 - 24 mm Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: 15 mm
E40124
Flow adapter (for low flow rates) M12 x 1 - G 1/8 for flow sensors and compact flow monitors with adapter
E40129
Accessories for temperature sensors

Type
344
Description
Order
no.
E10017
Progressive ring fitting for temperature sensors 10 mm - G Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E30016
Mounting set for direct connection of temperature sensors TT to control monitors TR Housing materials: stainless steel
E30017
Clamp fitting 6/8/10 mm - G for temperature sensors Housing materials: stainless steel / FPM
E30018
Progressive ring fitting for temperature sensors 6 mm - G Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E30047
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - G Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / O-ring: FPM (fitted)
E30073
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Thermowell for temperature sensors 10 mm - G Probe length: 82 mm Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
E35010
E35020
E35030
E35050
345
For industrial
applications
24 V power supplies
Regulated, particularly space-saving
design
High efficiency, low heating of
the control cabinet
High power reserves
Safe switch-off of circuit breakers

in the event of a short circuit
Low inrush current
Primary switched-mode power supplies

Switched-mode power supplies are an economic solution to supply sensors, actuators
and sensitive electronic components. They are distinguished by their compact, light
weight, slim design ensuring reliable installation on the rail. A stable output voltage,
under different loads and at fluctuating input voltages, ensures operational reliability
and plant uptime.
Two LEDs and a DCok output indicate and signal operating states.
The units can be used worldwide due to their wide-range input and cULus approval.
ifm offers an extensive range of switchedmode power supplies.
346
Power supplies
Switched-mode power supplies

Type
Current
Output voltage
Nominal voltage
Mains
buffering time
Efficiency
typ.
Order
no.
[A]
[V]
[V]
[ms]
[%]
1.25
24...28
115 / 230 AC
84
DN1030
2.5
24...28
115 / 230 AC
88
DN1031
3.3
24...28 DC
115 / 230 AC
88
DN4011
24...28 DC
115 / 230 AC
89.4
DN4012
10
24...28 DC
115 / 230 AC
91
DN4013
20
24...28 DC
115 / 230 AC
92.7
DN4014
24...28 DC
2 x 380...480 AC
90.4
DN4032
10
24...28 DC
3 x 400 AC
92.8
DN4033
20
24...28 DC
3 x 400 AC
95
DN4034
347
ifm worldwide
addresses
Algeria
Bolivia
China
Denmark
Sarl AMS Algrie - Automatismes

Motorisation & Services
Lotissement C, lot n190 B
Draria - 16000 ALGER
Tl: +213 (0)5 59 43 45 22
+213 (0) 23 26 41 45
Fax: +213 (0)23 26 42 58
contact@amsalgrie.com
www.amsalgerie.com/
BAVARIA S.R.L.
lvaro Baptista Vargas
Zona Morocollo, Urb. Santos Pariamo
C. Mario Diaz de medina (26-A), Nr. 32
La Paz - Bolivia
Tel.: 00-591-2-277 13 78
Mobile: 00-591-720-47 442
alvarobaptista@bavaria.bo
www.bavaria.bo
ifm electronic a/s

Ringager 4A, 1.sal tv.
2605 Brndby
Tel. +45 70 20 11 08
Fax +45 70 20 11 09
info.dk@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/dk
Argentina
Brazil
ifm electronic s.r.l.

Lola Mora 421
10 piso, oficina 3
1107 - Puerto Madero
Ciudad Aut. Buenos Aires, Argentina
Telfono/Fax: +54 (011) 5353-3436
Interior del pas: 0810-345-3436
info.ar@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ar
ifm electronic Ltda.

Rua Eleonora Cintra, 140
Jardim Analia Franco
03337-000 So Paulo/SP
Tel. +55-11-2672-1730
Fax +55-11-2673-3501
info.br@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/br
ifm electronic eood

1202 Sofia
ul. Klokotnica No 2A
Business Centre IVEL
fl.4, office 17
Tel. +359 2 807 59 69
Fax +359 2 807 59 60
info.bg@ifm.com
ifm electronic Co., Ltd

Building 15,
No. 1000, Zhangheng Road,
Pu Dong District.
201203 Shanghai, P.R.China
Tel.: +86 21 3813 4800
Fax.: +86 21 5027 8669
400 National Service Hotline:
400 880 6651
Involving: Contact quotation, Product
delivery, Technical support, etc
info.cn@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/cn
ifm electronic (HK) Ltd
Unit 2106, 21/F,
Tower 2, Metroplaza
No. 223 Hing Fong Road,
Kwai Chung,
N.T., Hong Kong.
info.hk@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/hk
ifm electronic (Taiwan) Limited
2C, Bao-Cheng Enterprise Tower,
No. 6 Mincyuan Second Road, Cianjhen
District, Kaohsiung City,
Postal Code 806, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel.: +886-7-335-7778
Fax: +886-7-335-6878
info.tw@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/tw
Canada
Columbia
Egypt
ifm efector Canada Inc.

2233 Argentia Road, Suite 104
Mississauga, ON L5N 2X7
Tel.: 905-412-6250
Fax: 905-363-0563
info.ca@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ca
SENSOMATIC Y CIA LTDA.

CALLE 1 C 25a - 50
BOGOTA D.C. COLOMBIA
Tel. +57 313 430 2264
Tel. +57 1 407 96 96
info@sensomatic-ltda.com
www.sensomatic-ltda.com
Chile
Costa Rica
Electronica Industrial
Schdler y Cia. Ltda.
Av. Antonio Varas 1871
Providencia
6641545 Santiago
Tel. +56 / 2 / 274 74 30
Fax +56 / 2 / 204 93 38
info@schadler.com
www.schadler.com
Gen Bus S.A

Santa Rosa, Sto. Domingo, Heredia.
Bodegas Del Sol, Bodega No. 22
COSTA RICA
Tel. + (506) 25 60 39 58
Tel. + (506) 22 62 39 27
Fax + (506) 22 62 16 74
Egyptian Establishment
for Electromechanical Supplies
Mr. Ahmed Gouda
27 Al-Salam Street
Al Arezona, Al Haram Road
Giza 12111, Cairo
Tel. +20 / 2 / 586 49 49
Fax +20 / 2 / 586 49 49
Mobile +20 10 10 61 791
ahmed_gouda97@yahoo.com
Bulgaria
Australia
ifm efector pty ltd.
PO Box 479
Suite 3, 745 Springvale Road
Mulgrave VIC 3170
Tel. 1300 365 088
Fax 1300 365 070
sales.au@ifm.com
www.ifmefector.com.au
Austria
ifm electronic gmbh
Wienerbergstrae 41
Gebude E
1120 Vienna
Tel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00
Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 10
info.at@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/at
Bangladesh
Sensotec Automation
Red Crescent Chamber
87, Motijheel Commercial Area
Dhaka 1000
Bangladesh
Tel. +880 171 546 890
sensotec@agni.com
Belarus
DEPOSIT INVEST
Joint-Stock Company
Block 2,
27 Zheleznodorovhnaya street
220089 Minsk
Republic of Belarus
Tel. +375-17-270 75 06
Fax +375-17-270 75 07
george_ozerov@list.ru
Belgium and Luxembourg

ifm electronic n.v./s.a.
Zuiderlaan 91 - B6
B - 1731 Zellik
Tel. +32 2 481 0220
Fax +32 2 463 1795
info.be@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/be
348
Croatia
ifm electronic gmbh
Wienerbergstr. 41
Gebude E
A-1120 Wien
Tel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00
Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 10
info.hr@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/hr
Czech Republic
ifm electronic spol.s.r.o.
U Kku 571
252 43 Prague
Tel. +420 / 2 / 67 990 211
Fax +420 / 2 / 67 750 180
info.cz@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/cz
Dominican Republic
WECH AUTOCONTROLES S. A.
Ave. Romulo Betancourt 2158
Edificio Wech
Urb. Renacimiento
Santo Domingo
Dominican Republic
Tel.: + 1 809-531-0550
Fax: + 1 809-531-9175
wech@verizon.net.do
www.wechautocontroles.com.do
Ecuador
INSELEC CIA. LTDA.
Av. de los Arupos
E1-202 y Pan. Norte- Km 5
Quito
Tel. +593 2 28074- 76 - 78
Fax +593 2 2807475
inselec@inselec.com.ec
www.inselec.com.ec
Estonia
Pesmel Estonia LTD
Segu 4
76505 Saue
Estonia
Tel.: +372 674 73 30
Fax: +372 674 73 31
pesmel@pesmel.ee
www.pesmel.ee
Finland
ifm electronic oy
Vaakatie 5
00440 Helsinki
Tel. +358 / 9 / 751 777 00
Fax +358 / 9 / 751 777 10
info.fi@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/fi
ifm worldwide
addresses
France
Indonesia
Korea
Mexico
ifm electronic
Sige :
Savoie Technolac BP226
73374 Le Bourget du Lac
Agence commerciale :
Immeuble Uranus
1-3 rue Jean Richepin
93192 NOISY LE GRAND CEDEX
Tl: 0820 22 30 01
Fax: 0820 22 22 04
info.fr@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/fr
PT Indoserako Sejahtera
Jl. P. Jayakarta 121 No. 59
10730 Jakarta Pusat
Tel. +62 / 21 6 24 8923
Fax +62 / 21 6 24 8922
iso297@dnet.net.id
Kana Controls
2nd Floor Khalid Fauzan Building
Building No. 1670
Street No. 7, Block No. 1
Al-Rai Industrial Area,
P.O. Box - 25593,
13116 Safat,
Kuwait
Tel.: +965-24741537
Fax:+965-24741537
info@kanacontrols.com
www.kanacontrols.com
ifm efector S. de R.L. de C.V.

Ave. Arq.
Pedro Ramrez Vzquez 200-4
Planta Baja, Col. Valle Oriente.
San Pedro Garza Garca, N.L. 66269
Tel. +52-81-8040-3535
Fax +52-81-8040-2343
clientes.mx@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/mx
Germany
ifm electronic gmbh
Friedrichstr. 1
45128 Essen
Tel. +49 201 24 22 0
Fax +49 201 24 22 12 00
info@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/de
Greece
ifm electronic monoprosopi E.P.E.
27, Andrea Papandreou Street
15125 Amaroussi
Greece
Tel. +30 210 61 800 90
Fax +30 210 61 994 00
info.gr@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/gr
Guatemala
Ingenieros Civiles Electromecnicos
Asociados, S.A. (IASA)
20 Calle 25-55 Zona 12
Empresarial El Cortijo III
Bodega No. 907,
Guatemala City,
Guatemala
Tel: 502 - 24626636
info@iasa.com.gt
Honduras
R y D INDUSTRIAL
Bo. Paz Barahona
11 Ave. 14 y 15 Calle
S.O. #142
San Pedro Sula
+(504) 2550-3703
+(504) 2558-9313
ventas@rydindustrial.com
Hungary
ifm electronic kft.
Szent Imre t 59. I.em.
H-9028 Gyr
Tel. +36-96 / 518-397
Fax +36-96 / 518-398
info.hu@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/hu
India
ifm electronic India Pvt. Ltd.
Plot No. P-39/1
MIDC Gokul Shirgaon
Kolhapur 416234
Maharashtra State, India
Tel. +91 / 231 / 267 27 70
Fax +91 / 231 / 267 23 88
info@ifm-electronic.in
www.ifm.com/in
Ireland
ifm electronic (Ireland) Ltd.
No. 7, The Courtyard
Kilcarbery Business Park
New Nangor Road
Clondalkin
Dublin 22
Tel. +353 / 1 / 413 60 66
Fax +353 / 1 / 457 38 28
sales_ie@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ie
Israel
Astragal Ltd.
3, Hashikma Str.
Azur 58001
P.O. Box 99
Azur 58190
Tel. +972 / 3 / 5 59 16 60
Fax +972 / 3 / 5 59 23 40
astragal@astragal.co.il
www.astragal.co.il
Italy
ifm electronic
Centro Direzionale Colleoni
Palazzo Andromeda 2
Via Paracelso n. 18
20864 Agrate Brianza (MB)
Tel. +39 (0)39-6899982
Fax +39 (0)39-6899995
info.it@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/it
Japan
efector co. ltd.
18F WBG Marive-west
2-6-1 Nakase, Mihama-ku
Chiba-shi, Chiba 261-7118
info.jp@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/jp
Jordan
Al Mashreqan Trading Supplies
P.O.Box.851054
11185 Swaifieh
Amman - Jordan.
Tel. +962 6 581 8841
Fax +962 6 581 8892
info@mashreqan.com
Korea
ifm electronic Ltd.
2F Hyundai Liberty House #201
Hannam-Dong 258,
Yongsan-Gu,
Seoul, Korea
Tel. +82 2-790-5610
Fax +82 2-790-5613
info.kr@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/kr
Latvia
EC Systems
Katlakalna Str. 4A
1073 Riga
Latvia
Tel.: +371 724 1231
Fax: +371 724 8478
alnis@ecsystems.lv
www.ecsystems.lv
Lebanon
Middle East Development Co. SAL
(MEDEVCO)
Medevco Building
Jeita Main Road
Jeita - Kesrouan
Lebanon
Mail address :
P.O.Box 67
Jounieh
Lebanon
Tel. +961-9-233550
Fax +961-9-233554
info@medevco-lebanon.com
Morocco
SOFIMED
137, Boulevard Moulay Ismal Roches Noires
20290 - Casablanca - MAROC
Tel : +212 522 240 101
Fax : +212 522 240 100
www.sofimed.ma
Netherlands
ifm electronic b.v.
Deventerweg 1 E
3843 GA Harderwijk
Tel. +31 / 341 438 438
Fax +31 / 341 438 430
info.nl@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/nl
New Zealand
ifm efector pty ltd.
Unit 13, 930 Great South Road
Penrose, Auckland
Tel. +64 / 95 79 69 91
Fax +64 / 95 79 92 82
sales.nz@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/nz
Lithuania
Nigeria
Elinta UAB
Terminalo g. 3, Biruliki k.,
Karmlavos sen.
LT-54469 Kauno raj. (Kauno LEZ)
Lithuania
Tel.: +370 37 351 999
Fax: +370 37 452 780
sales@elinta.lt
www.elintosprekyba.lt
Automated Process Ltd

3rd Floor, 32 Lagos Abeokuta
Expressway
Near Cement Bus Stop
Dopemu, Agege
Lagos State, Nigeria
Tel. + 234 / 01 / 4729 967
Fax + 234 /01 / 4925 865
sales@automated-process.com
www.automated-process.com
Malaysia
ifm electronic Pte. Ltd
Malaysian Branch Office
No. 2-4-2, Fourth Floor
Tower 2 @ PFCC, Jalan Puteri 1/2
Bandar Puteri Puchong,
47100 Puchong, Selangor
Tel. +603 - 8063 9522
Fax +603 - 8063 9524
sales.my@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/my
Singapore
25, International Business Park
#03-26/29 German Center
609916 Singapore
Tel. +6565628661
Fax +6565628660
www.ifm.com/sg
sales.sg@ifm.com
ifm electronic
Asia Regional Office
21, Jalan Kemunting
Taman Kebun The
80250 Johor Bahru
Johor, West Malaysia
Tel. +607 - 332 5022
Fax +607 - 332 1577
sales.my@ifm.com
Norway
Siv.Ing. J.F.Knudtzen AS
Billingstadsletta 97
1396 Billingstad
Postboks 160
1378 Nesbru
Tel. +47 / 66 98 33 50
Fax +47 / 66 98 09 55
firmapost@jfknudtzen.no
www.jfknudtzen.no
Oman
Technical Engineering Company
LLC.
P.O. Box 59
Madinat Al Sultan Qaboos
Postal Code 115
Sultanate of Oman
Tel. +968 24503593
Fax +968 24503573
tecoman@omantel.net.om
349
ifm worldwide
addresses
Panama
Saudi Arabia
Switzerland
USA
RyD Industrial Panam

Av. Ricarco J. Alfaro, Plaza Aventura,
Piso 4, Oficina 417
Panam
PANAM
Tel. (507) 236-8639
Tel. (507) 236-8640
Tel. (507) 236-9121
ventaspn@rydindustrial.com
Noor Al-Shomoe for

Electric & Maintenance
King Khalid Street, Cross 5
P.O. Box 2571
Al-Khobar 31952
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel. +9 663 864 49 58
Fax +9 663 894 63 41
h.o.info@nooralshomoe.com
ifm electronic ag
Altgraben 27
4624 Hrkingen
Tel. 0800 88 80 33
Fax 0800 88 80 39
info.ch@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ch
ifm efector, inc.

782 Springdale Drive
Exton, PA 19341
Tel. 800-441-8246
Fax 800-329-0436
info.us@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/us
Thailand
Venezuela
Peru
Singapore
dekatec s.a.c.
Los Calderos 188
Urb. Vulcano, Ate
Lima / Peru
Tel. +511 / 348 0293
Tel. +511 / 348 0458
Tel. +511 / 348 2269
Fax +511 / 349 0110
dkleffmann@dekatec.com.pe
www.dekatec.com.pe
ifm electronic Pte. Ltd.

25, International Business Park
#03-26/29 German Center
609916 Singapore
Tel. +6565628661
Fax +6565628660
sales.sg@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/sg
Sang Chai Meter Co., Ltd.

694/16-19 Phaholyothin Road
Samsen Nai, Phayathai
Bangkok 10400
Tel. +66 / 2 / 616 8051
Fax +66 / 2 / 616 8050
scmth@ksc.th.com
Petrobornas, C.A.
C.C. Plaza Aeropuerto,
Galera piso 1, Local P1-B03,
Calle Never, Unare,
Puerto Ordaz 8050,
Estado Bolvar
Venezuela
Tel. + 58 286 9513382
info@petrobornas.net
www.petrobornas.net
Philippines
Gram Industrial, Inc.
Bldg. 9 Don Mariano Lim Industrial
Complex,
Alabang Zapote Road
corner Concha Cruz Drive,
Brgy. Almanza 1 Las Pias City
Tel. 632-8502218 / 8508496
Fax. 632-8077173 / 8503055
efector@gram.com.ph
Poland
ifm electronic Sp.z o.o.
ul. Kosciuszki 175
PL 40-524 Katowice
Tel. +48 / 32 / 60 87 454
Tel. +48 / 32 / 60 87 480
Fax +48 / 32 / 60 87 455
info.pl@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/pl
Portugal
ifm electronic Sucursal em Portugal
Avenida da Republica 2503
4430-208 Vila Nova de Gaia
Tel. +351 / 22 / 37 17 108
Fax +351 / 22 / 37 17 110
info.pt@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/pt
Romania
ifm electronic s.r.l.
Str. Cristian Nr. 5
550073 Sibiu
Tel.: 0040 269 224550
Fax: 0040 269 224766
info.ro@ifm.com
Russia
ifm electronic
Ibragimova, 31, k.50
office 607
105318 Moscow
Tel. +7 (495) 921-44-14
Fax: +7 (495) 651-82-97
info.ru@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ru
350
Slovakia
ifm electronic spol. s.r.o.
Rybnicna 40
831 06 Bratislava
Tel. +421 / 2 / 44 87 23 29
Fax +421 / 2 / 44 64 60 42
info.sk@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/sk
South Africa
ifm electronic (pty) Ltd
Shorrok House
Route 21 Corporate Park
Nellmapius Drive,
Irene Ext. 30,
Centurion 0157,
Pretoria
Postnet Suite 279
Private bag X8
Elardus Park
0047
Tel. +27 (0) 861 IFM RSA / 436 772
Fax +27(0)12 450 0322
info.za@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/za
Spain
ifm electronic s.l.
Parc Mas Blau
Edificio Inbisa
c/ Garrotxa 6-8
08820 El Prat de Llobregat
tel: 0034 93 479 30 80
fax: 0034 93 479 30 86
info.es@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/es
Sweden
ifm electronic ab
Drakegatan 6
41250 Gothenburg
Tel. vxel 031-750 23 00
Tel. order 031-750 23 50
Telefax 031-750 23 29
info.se@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/se
Tunesia
TECHNOPREST Tunisia
GP1 Km 5,5 Rte de Sousse
Z.I 2013 Ben Arous Tunisia
Tel. +216 71 389 203
Fax + 216 71 389 215
technoprest@technoprest.com.tn
Turkey
ifm electronic Elektrikli
ve Elektronik Aletler
th.hr.Paz.Tic.Ltd.ti.
Merkez Mah. Nadide Sok.
Anttepe Sitesi No:28
34381 ili / stanbul
Tel. +90 / 212 / 210 5080
Fax +90 / 212 / 221 7159
info.tr@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/tr
Ukraine
ifm electronic
Mariny Raskovoj 11
02660 Kiev
Ukraine
Tel. +380 44 501 8543
Fax +380 44 501 8543
info.ua@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/ua
United Arab Emirates

Al Injazat Technical Services Est.
P.O. Box 42895
Al Qubaisi bldg floor 0 flat # 4
Liwa street corner of corniche road,
Abu Dhabi,
Tel.: +971-2-6585400
Fax: +971-2-6585401
Mob: +971-50-6811072
kamran@injazat.ae
www.injazat.ae
United Kingdom
ifm electronic Ltd.
efector House
Kingsway Business Park
Oldfield Road
Hampton
Middlesex TW12 2HD
Tel. +44 / 20 / 8213 0000
Fax +44 / 20 / 8213 0001
enquiry_gb@ifm.com
www.ifm.com/uk
Vietnam
The Representative Office
of ifm electronic GmbH
in Ho Chi Minh City
7A-7th Floor,
#467 Dien Bien Phu Street,
Ward 25, Binh Thanh District,
Ho Chi Minh City 700000,
Vietnam
Tel. +84-8-35125177
Fax +84-8-35125178
sales.vn@ifm.com
ifm worldwide
addresses
351
Cert no. IMO-COC-027827
Visit our website:

www.ifm.com
Overview
ifm product range:
ifm electronic gmbh

Friedrichstrae 1
45128 Essen
Tel. +49 / 201 / 24 22-0
Fax +49 / 201 / 24 22-1200
E-mail info@ifm.com
Position sensors
Sensors for
motion control
Industrial imaging
Safety technology
Process sensors
Industrial
communication
Identification systems
Condition monitoring
systems
Systems for
mobile machines
Connection
technology
Accessories
ifm article no. 78000208 We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. Printed in Germany on non-chlorine bleached paper. 09/13
Over 70 locations worldwide

at a glance at www.ifm.com

Ifm Automotive Industry Catalogue 2013 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ifm Automotive Industry Catalogue 2013 2014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ifm Automotive Industry Catalogue 2013 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.ifm.

The automotive industry is one of the worlds most innovative industries.

ifm the company

Standards and approvals

ifm worldwide addresses

ifm the company

The company in your vicinity.

sales development in million EUR

ifm the company

Not only components.

- interactive product selection aids

- request for documents

*Some offered information is available country-specific

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Convenient order processing

Individual order history

Convenient quick input form

Real time availability check

Simple order processing

Personal product favourites

Online parcel tracking

** Already available in many countries.

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Standards and approvals

Time intervals (min.)

Thermal shock test

IP 69K high-pressure cleaning test

In pressure cleaning environments, proximity sensors are exposed to extreme

Sensors can be exposed to high levels

ifm inductive proximity sensors are

Oscillation frequency (Hz)

Steam boiler test

A vibration test is performed on the

To simulate the aging process, the

For inductive sensors: the test simulates

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Standards and approvals

Many ifm sensors are specified

Approvals from the automotive industry

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Standards and approvals

3A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI) is an independent, not-for-profit corporation

CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certification for

Testing of a product by CSA according to the safety standards applicable in Canada

Conformit Europenne. By affixing the CE marking to a product, the manufacturer

Canadian Standards Association. A non-governmental Canadian organisation that

Testing of components by UL according to the safety standards applicable in Canada

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Standards and approvals

The Deutscher Kalibrierdienst (DKD) is an association of calibration laboratories of

Approval by the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt (German Federal Motor Transport Authority).

Factory Mutual Research. A US-based insurance company that specializes in loss

Technischer berwachungs Verein (technical inspection association). The German

Underwriters Laboratories. An organisation founded in the USA for testing and

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com

1D/2D code readers

Safety light curtains

Hydraulic system pressure detection